summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/43838.txt
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to '43838.txt')
-rw-r--r--43838.txt8899
1 files changed, 0 insertions, 8899 deletions
diff --git a/43838.txt b/43838.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index aeb242b..0000000
--- a/43838.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,8899 +0,0 @@
-The Project Gutenberg EBook of The Pearl of the Andes, by Gustave Aimard
-
-This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
-almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
-re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
-with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org/license
-
-
-Title: The Pearl of the Andes
- A Tale of Love and Adventure
-
-Author: Gustave Aimard
-
-Editor: Percy B. St. John
-
-Translator: Lascelles Wraxall
-
-Release Date: September 28, 2013 [EBook #43838]
-
-Language: English
-
-Character set encoding: ASCII
-
-*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE PEARL OF THE ANDES ***
-
-
-
-
-Produced by Camille Bernard and Marc D'Hooghe at
-http://www.freeliterature.org (Scans generously made
-available by the Hathi Trust)
-
-
-
-
-
-THE PEARL OF THE ANDES
-
-A TALE OF LOVE AND ADVENTURE
-
-BY
-
-GUSTAVE AIMARD
-
-
-AUTHOR OF "THE ADVENTURERS," "TRAIL-HUNTER," "PIRATES OF THE PRAIRIES,"
-
-"TRAPPER'S DAUGHTER," "TIGER SLAYER," ETC.
-
-
-REVISED AND EDITED BY PERCY B. ST. JOHN
-
-
-NEW YORK
-
-JOHN W. LOVELL COMPANY
-
-14 AND 16 VESEY STREET
-
-1884
-
-
-
-
-
-CONTENTS
-
- I. IN THE CABILDO XXIII. PLAN OF CAMPAIGN
- II. JOAN XXIV. A DISAGREEABLE MISSION
- III. THE PURSUIT XXV. THE KITE AND THE DOVE
- IV. SERPENT AND VIPER XXVI. THE END OF DON RAMON'S JOURNEY
- V. AN INDIAN'S LOVE XXVII. THE AUCA-COYOG
- VI. PREPARATIONS FOR DELIVERANCE XXVIII. THE HUMAN SACRIFICE
- VII. A COUNTERMINE XXIX. THE KING OF DARKNESS
- VIII. EL CANYON DEL RIO SECO XXX. THE BATTLE OF CONDERKANKI
- IX. BEFORE THE FIGHT XXXI. CONQUEROR AND PRISONER
- X. THE PASSAGE OF THE DEFILE XXXII. AFTER THE BATTLE
- XI. THE JOURNEY XXXIII. FIRST HOURS OF CAPTIVITY
- XII. INFORMATION XXXIV. THE ULTIMATUM
- XIII. THE AMBUSCADE XXXV. A FURY
- XIV. THE FORTRESS XXXVI. A THUNDERCLAP
- XV. PROPOSALS XXXVII. UPON THE TRACK
- XVI. THE MESSENGER XXXVIII. THE LYNX
- XVII. IN THE WOLF'S MOUTH XXXIX. THE BLACK SERPENTS
- XVIII. THE CAPITULATION XL. THE HURRICANE
- XIX. THE APPEAL XLI. LA BARRANCA
- XX. THE COUNCIL XLII. THE QUIPU
- XXI. DIAMOND CUT DIAMOND XLIII. THE ROCK
- XXII. DELIRIUM XLIV. CAESAR
-
-
-
-
-THE PEARL OF THE ANDES
-
-
-
-CHAPTER I.
-
-IN THE CABILDO
-
-
-While Dona Rosario effected her escape by the assistance of Curumilla,
-as recorded in the "Adventurers," Don Tadeo was not long in regaining
-his senses. On opening his eyes he cast a bewildered look around him,
-but as soon as memory threw light into his brain, he let his head sink
-into his hands, and gave a free vent to his grief.
-
-Don Tadeo wept! Don Tadeo, the King of Darkness, who a hundred times
-had smilingly looked death in the face--who had had such a miraculous
-escape--the man whose iron will had so rapidly crushed everything that
-opposed the execution of his projects; who by a word, a gesture, a
-frown, governed thousands of men submissive to his caprices, wept.
-
-But Don Tadeo was not a man whom grief, however intense, could depress
-for a length of time.
-
-"Oh, all is not ended yet," he cried. "But courage! I have a people to
-save before I avenge my daughter."
-
-He clapped his hands, and Don Gregorio appeared. He saw at a glance the
-ravages which grief had made in the mind of his friend, but he saw that
-the King of Darkness had subdued the father. It was about seven o'clock
-in the morning.
-
-"What are your intentions with regard to General Bustamente?" Gregorio
-asked.
-
-Don Tadeo was calm, cold, and impassive; all traces of emotion had
-disappeared from his face, which had the whiteness and rigidity of
-marble.
-
-"My friend," he replied, "we yesterday saved the liberty of our
-country, which was on the verge of ruin; but if, thanks to you and
-to all the devoted patriots who fought on our side, I have for ever
-overthrown Don Bustamente, and annihilated his ambitious projects, I
-have not on that account taken his place."
-
-"But you are the only man--"
-
-"Do not say that," Don Tadeo interrupted, "I do not recognise in myself
-the right of imposing upon my fellow citizens ideas and views which may
-be very good, or which I believe to be so, but which, perhaps, are not
-theirs. The right of freely choosing the man who is henceforward to
-govern them."
-
-"And who tells you, my friend, that that man is not yourself?"
-
-"I do!" Don Tadeo observed in a firm voice.
-
-Don Gregorio gave a start of surprise.
-
-"That astonishes you, does it not, my friend? But what is to be said?
-So it is. I am only anxious to lay down power, which is a burden too
-heavy for my worn-out strength, and to return again to private life."
-
-"Oh! do not say that," Don Gregorio replied warmly; "the gratitude of
-the people is eternal."
-
-"All smoke, my friend," Don Tadeo observed, ironically. "Are you sure
-the people are pleased with what I have done? But let us end this; my
-resolution is taken, and nothing can change it."
-
-"But--" Don Gregorio wished to add.
-
-"One word more," said Don Tadeo. "To be a statesman, my friend, a man
-must march alone in the way he has marked out for himself; he must have
-neither children, relations, nor friends. The man who is in power ought
-to be only human in appearance."
-
-"What do you mean to do, then?"
-
-"In the first place to send General Bustamente to Santiago: although
-the man merits death, I will not take upon myself the responsibility
-of his condemnation; enough blood has been shed by my orders. He
-shall depart tomorrow with General Cornejo and the senator Sandias,
-sufficiently escorted to secure him from a _coup de main_."
-
-"Your orders shall be punctually obeyed."
-
-"They are the last you will receive from me."
-
-"But why?"
-
-"Because this very day I will transfer my power to your hands."
-
-"But, my friend--"
-
-"Not a word more, I beg of you. Now come with me to this poor young
-Frenchman, who has so nobly defended my unfortunate daughter."
-
-Don Gregorio followed him without reply.
-
-The count had been placed in a chamber where he had received the
-greatest attention. His situation was satisfactory, and excepting great
-weakness, he felt himself much better. Loss of blood alone caused the
-weakness. Don Tadeo went towards him, and said warmly--
-
-"My friend, it is God who has thrown you and your companion upon
-my passage. I have only known you a few months, and I have already
-contracted towards you a debt which it is impossible I can ever
-discharge."
-
-"Why attach so high a value to the little I have been able to do, Don
-Tadeo." said Louis. "Alas! I would have given my life to preserve Dona
-Rosario."
-
-"We shall find her again!" Don Tadeo observed, energetically.
-
-"Oh! If I were able to get on horseback," the young man cried.
-
-At this moment the door opened, and a peon who entered said a few words
-in a low voice to Don Tadeo.
-
-"Let him come in! let him come in!" the latter cried, and turning
-towards Louis added, "We are about to hear some news."
-
-An Indian entered; it was Joan, the man Curumilla had been unwilling to
-kill.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER II.
-
-JOAN.
-
-
-The sordid clothes which covered the person of the Indian were stained
-with mud, and torn by thorns and briers. It was evident that he had
-made a hasty journey through woods and along bad roads. He bowed with
-modest grace to the three gentlemen, and waited.
-
-"Does not my brother belong to the valiant tribe of the Black
-Serpents?" Don Tadeo asked.
-
-The Indian made a sign in the affirmative. Don Tadeo was well
-acquainted with the Indians, and knew that they only spoke when
-necessity required.
-
-"What is my brother's name?" he resumed.
-
-"Joan," the Indian said; "in remembrance of a warrior of the palefaces
-whom I killed."
-
-"Good," Don Tadeo replied, with a melancholy smile; "my brother is a
-chief renowned in his tribe."
-
-Joan smiled haughtily.
-
-"My brother has arrived from his village; he has, no doubt, business to
-transact with the palefaces."
-
-"My father is mistaken," the Indian replied sharply; "Joan asks the
-help of no one; when he is insulted, his own lance avenges him."
-
-"My brother will excuse me," Don Tadeo said; "he must have some reason
-for coming to me."
-
-"I have one," said the Indian.
-
-"Let my brother explain himself then."
-
-"I will answer my father's questions." said Joan, bowing.
-
-Don Tadeo knew what sort of man he had to do with. A secret
-presentiment told him that he was the bearer of important news: he,
-therefore, followed up his questions.
-
-"Whence does my brother come?"
-
-"From the tolderia of San Miguel."
-
-"That is some distance from the city; is it long since my brother left
-it?"
-
-"The moon was about to disappear and the Southern Cross alone shed its
-splendid light upon the earth, when Joan commenced his journey."
-
-It was nearly eighteen leagues from the village of San Miguel to the
-city of Valdivia. Don Tadeo was astonished. He took from the table a
-glass, which he filled to the brim with aguardiente, and presented it
-to the messenger, saying--
-
-"My brother will drink this coui of firewater; probably, the dust of
-the road sticking to his palate prevents him from speaking as easily as
-he could wish."
-
-The Indian smiled; his eyes sparkled greedily; he took the glass and
-emptied it at a draught.
-
-"Good," he said, smacking his lips. "My father is hospitable; he is
-truly the Great Eagle of the Whites."
-
-"Does my brother come from the chief of his tribe?" Don Tadeo continued.
-
-"No." Joan replied; "it was Curumilla that sent me."
-
-"Curumilla!" the three men cried.
-
-Don Tadeo breathed more freely.
-
-"Curumilla is my friend," he said; "no harm has happened to him, I
-hope?"
-
-"Here are his poncho and his hat," Joan replied.
-
-"Heavens!" Louis exclaimed--"he is dead!"
-
-"No," said the Indian, "Curumilla is brave and wise. Joan had carried
-off the young, pale, blue-eyed maiden; Curumilla might have killed
-Joan; he was not willing to do so; he preferred making a friend of him."
-
-"Curumilla is good," Don Tadeo replied; "his heart is large and his
-soul is not cruel."
-
-"Joan was the chief of those who carried off the young white
-girl. Curumilla changed clothes with him," the Indian continued,
-sententiously; "and said 'Go and seek the Great Eagle of the Whites,
-and tell him that Curumilla will save the young maiden, or perish!'
-Joan has come."
-
-"My brother has acted well," said Don Tadeo.
-
-"My father is satisfied," he said--"that is enough."
-
-"And my brother carried off the pale girl? Was he well paid for that?"
-
-"The great _cavale_ with the black eyes is generous," the Indian said,
-smiling.
-
-"Ah! I knew it!" cried Don Tadeo, "still that woman!--still that demon!"
-
-Louis rose and said, in a voice trembling with emotion, "My friend,
-Dona Rosario must be saved!"
-
-"Thanks, boundless thanks, for your devotion, my friend!" said Don
-Tadeo; "but, you are very weak."
-
-"Of what consequence is that!" the young man exclaimed eagerly. "Were I
-to perish in the task, I swear to you, Don Tadeo de Leon, by the honour
-of my name, that I will not rest till Dona Rosario is free."
-
-"My friend," Don Tadeo said, "three men--three devoted men, are already
-on the trail of my daughter."
-
-"Your daughter?" Louis said with astonishment.
-
-"Alas! yes, my friend, my daughter! Why should I have any secrets from
-you? That blue-eyed angel is my daughter! the only joy left to me in
-this world."
-
-"Oh! we will recover her! We must!" Louis cried with great emotion.
-
-"My friend," Don Tadeo continued, "the three men of whom I spoke to
-you are at this moment endeavouring to deliver the poor child. However
-dearly it costs me, I think it is best to wait."
-
-Louis moved uneasily.
-
-"Yes, I comprehend that this inaction is painful to you. Alas! do you
-think it is less so to a father's heart? Don Louis, I endure frightful
-torments. But I resign myself, while shedding tears of blood at not
-being able to do anything."
-
-"That is true," the wounded man admitted; "we must wait, Poor Father!
-Poor daughter!"
-
-"Yes," said Don Tadeo, faintly, "pity me, my friend, pity me!"
-
-"But," the Frenchman continued, "this inactivity cannot last. You see I
-am strong, I can walk."
-
-"You are a hero as to heart and devotion," Don Tadeo said with a smile;
-"and I know not how to thank you."
-
-"Oh! how much the better if you regain hope," cried Louis, who had
-blushed at his friend's words.
-
-Don Tadeo turned towards Joan.
-
-"Does my brother remain here?" he asked.
-
-"I am at my father's orders," the Indian replied.
-
-"May I trust my brother?"
-
-"Joan has but one heart and one life."
-
-"My brother has spoken well; I will be grateful to him."
-
-The Indian bowed.
-
-"Let my brother return here on the third sun; he shall place us upon
-the track of Curumilla."
-
-"On the third sun Joan will be ready."
-
-And saluting the three gentlemen gracefully, the Indian retired to
-take a few hours of a repose which his great exertions had rendered
-necessary.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER III.
-
-THE PURSUIT.
-
-
-We will return to Curumilla. The night was gloomy--the darkness
-profound. Urging their horses on with voice and gesture, the fugitives
-made the best of their way towards a forest which, if they could but
-reach, they would be safe.
-
-A leaden silence brooded over the desert. They galloped on without
-uttering a word--without looking behind them. All at once the neighing
-of a horse fell upon their ears like the gloomy alarm call of a clarion.
-
-"We are lost!" Curumilla exclaimed.
-
-"What is to be done?" Rosario asked anxiously.
-
-"Stop," he at length cried.
-
-The young girl left everything to her guide. The Indian requested her
-to dismount.
-
-"Have confidence in me," he said; "whatever a man can do I will
-undertake, to save you."
-
-"I know you will!" she replied gratefully.
-
-Curumilla lifted her up in his arms, and carried her with as much
-facility as if she had been a child.
-
-"Why do you carry me thus?" she asked.
-
-"We must leave no sign," he replied shortly.
-
-He placed her on the ground with great precaution at the foot of a tree.
-
-"This tree is hollow, my sister will conceal herself in it; she will
-not stir till I return."
-
-"Oh! you will not abandon me," she said.
-
-"I am going to make a false track, I shall soon return."
-
-The poor girl hesitated, she was frightened. Curumilla divined what she
-felt. "It is our only chance of safety," he said, mournfully, "if my
-sister is not willing, I can remain."
-
-Rosario was not one of the weak, puling daughters of our great European
-cities, who wither before they bloom. Her resolution was formed with
-the rapidity of lightning; she bore up against the fear which had taken
-possession of her mind, and replied in a firm voice--
-
-"I will do what my brother desires."
-
-"Good!" the Indian said. "Let my sister conceal herself, then."
-
-He cautiously removed the cactus and creepers which surrounded the
-lower part of the tree, and exposed a cavity, into which the young girl
-crept, all trembling, like a poor sparrow in the eyrie of an eagle. As
-soon as Rosario was comfortably placed in the hollow of the tree, the
-Indian restored the plants to their primitive state, and completely
-concealed her hiding place with this transparent curtain. Then he
-regained the horses, mounted his own, led the other, and galloped off.
-
-He galloped thus for many minutes without relaxing his speed, and when
-he thought himself sufficiently far from the place where Dona Rosario
-was concealed, he dismounted, listened for an instant, untied the
-sheep skins from the horses' feet and set off again with the speed of
-an arrow. He soon heard the galloping of horses behind him; at first
-distant, but rapidly drawing near and at last becoming distinct.
-Curumilla had a ray of hope, for his manoeuvre had succeeded. He still
-pressed on his horse, and leaving his heavy wooden stirrups, with their
-sharp angles, to beat against the sides of the still galloping animal,
-he stuck his long lance into the ground, threw his weight upon it, and
-raising himself by the strength of his wrists, sprang lightly to the
-ground, whilst the two abandoned horses held on their furious course.
-Curumilla glided in among the bushes, and made the best of his way back
-towards Rosario, persuaded that the horsemen would be misled by the
-false track.
-
-Antinahuel had sent out his mosotones in all directions, in order to
-discover the traces of the fugitives, but himself had remained in the
-village. Antinahuel was too experienced a warrior to allow himself
-to be misled. His scouts returned, one after another, without having
-discovered anything. The last two that returned brought with them two
-stray horses bathed in steam. These were the two horses abandoned by
-Curumilla.
-
-"Will she escape us then?" the Linda asked.
-
-"My sister," the Toqui replied, coolly, with a sinister smile, "when
-Antinahuel pursues an enemy, he does not escape."
-
-"And yet----" she said.
-
-"Patience," he replied; "they had a chance; their horses gave them a
-great advantage over me; but, thanks to my precautions, I have forced
-them to abandon their horses, which alone could have saved them. Within
-an hour they will be in our hands."
-
-"To horse, then; and let us delay no longer," Dona Maria exclaimed
-impatiently.
-
-"To horse, then, be it!" replied the chief.
-
-This time no false route was pursued; they followed in a straight line
-the track by which the prisoners had escaped.
-
-In the meantime Curumilla had rejoined Rosario.
-
-"Well?" she asked, in a voice half choked by fear.
-
-"In a few moments we shall be taken," the chief replied mournfully.
-
-"What! have we no hope left?"
-
-"None! We are surrounded on all sides."
-
-"Oh, my Maker! What have I done?" the poor girl sobbed.
-
-Curumilla reclined upon the ground; he had taken his weapons from his
-belt, and placed them beside him; and with the stoical fatalism of the
-Indian when he knows that he cannot escape a destiny that threatens
-him, he waited impassively, his arms crossed upon his breast, the
-arrival of the enemy. They heard the tramp of the horses drawing nearer
-and nearer. In a quarter of an hour all would be over.
-
-"Let my sister prepare," Curumilla said coolly: "Antinahuel approaches."
-
-"Poor man," said Rosario; "why did you endeavour to save me?"
-
-"The young blue-eyed maiden is the friend of my pale brothers; I would
-lay down my life for her."
-
-"You must not die, chief," she said, in her soft clear tones; "you
-shall not!"
-
-"Why not? I do not dread torture; my sister shall see how a chief can
-die."
-
-"Listen to me. You have heard the threats of that woman; my life is in
-no danger."
-
-He replied by a gesture of assent.
-
-"But," she continued, "if you remain with me, if you are taken, they
-will kill you."
-
-"Yes," he remarked, coolly.
-
-"Then who will inform my friends of my fate? If you die, chief, what
-can they do to deliver me?"
-
-"That is true; they can do nothing."
-
-"You must live, then, chief, for my sake."
-
-"Does my sister wish it?"
-
-"I insist upon it."
-
-"Good!" said the Indian. "I will go, then; but let not my sister be
-cast down."
-
-At this moment the noise of the approaching cavalcade resounded with
-a loudness that announced they were close at hand. The chief gathered
-up his arms, replaced them in his belt, and, after bestowing a last
-sign of encouragement upon Rosario, he glided among the high grass and
-disappeared. Antinahuel and the Linda were within ten paces of her.
-
-"Here I am," she said, in a firm voice; "do with me what you please."
-
-Her persecutors, struck with such an exhibition of courage, pulled up
-their horses in astonishment. The courageous girl had saved Curumilla.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER IV.
-
-SERPENT AND VIPER.
-
-
-Dona Rosario stood motionless, her arms crossed, her head haughtily
-raised, and her look disdainful. The Linda leaped from her horse, and
-seizing her by the arm, shook her violently.
-
-"Oh, oh!" she said, in a bitterly mocking tone, "my pretty dear! This
-is the way you oblige people to come after you: is it?"
-
-Dona Rosario only replied to this flood of words by a look of cold
-contempt.
-
-"Ah!" the exasperated courtesan exclaimed, clutching her arm, "I will
-bring down that proud spirit!"
-
-"Madam," Rosario replied, mildly, "you hurt me very much."
-
-"Serpent!" the Linda shrieked, "why can I not crush you beneath my
-heel?"
-
-Rosario staggered a few paces; her foot struck against a root, and she
-fell. In her fall her forehead came in contact with a sharp stone; she
-uttered a feeble cry of pain, and fainted. The Indian chief, at the
-sight of the large gash in the young girl's forehead, uttered a roar
-like that of a wild beast. He leant over her raised her tenderly, and
-endeavoured to stop the bleeding.
-
-"Fie!" said the Linda, with a jeering laugh; "are you going to play the
-old woman--you, the first chief of your nation?"
-
-Antinahuel remained silent; for an instant he felt an inclination to
-stab the fury: he darted a glance at her so loaded with anger and
-hatred, that she was terrified, and instinctively made a movement as if
-to put herself on the defensive. As yet the attentions of Antinahuel
-had no effect; Rosario remained still senseless. In a few minutes
-the Linda was reassured by observing that love occupied more of the
-thoughts of the chief than hatred.
-
-"Come, tie the creature upon a horse," she said.
-
-"This woman belongs to me," Antinahuel replied, "and I alone have the
-right of disposing of her."
-
-"Not yet, chief; a fair exchange: when you have delivered the general,
-I will give her up to you."
-
-"My sister forgets," said Antinahuel, "that I have fifty mosotones with
-me."
-
-"What does that signify?" she replied.
-
-"It signifies," he replied, "that I am the stronger."
-
-"Indeed!" she said, sneeringly, "is that the way you keep your
-promises?"
-
-"I love this woman," he said, in a deep voice.
-
-"_Caray!_ I know that well enough," she replied.
-
-"I will not have her suffer."
-
-"See there, now," she cried, still jeering; "I give her up to you
-expressly that she may suffer."
-
-"If such is my sisters thought, she is mistaken."
-
-"Chief, my friend, you do not know what you are talking about; you are
-ignorant of the hearts of white women."
-
-"I do not understand my sister."
-
-"No; you do not comprehend that this woman will never love you--that
-she will never entertain for you anything but contempt and disdain."
-
-"Oh!" Antinahuel replied, "I am too great a chief to be thus despised
-by a woman."
-
-"You will see you are, though; in the meantime I demand my prisoner."
-
-"My sister shall not have her."
-
-"Then try to take her from me!" she shrieked; and springing like a
-tiger cat, she pushed away the chief, and seized the young girl, to
-whose throat she applied her dagger so closely that blood stained the
-point.
-
-Antinahuel uttered a terrible cry.
-
-"Stop!" he shouted in consternation; "I consent to everything."
-
-"Ah!" cried the Linda, with a smile of triumph, "I knew I should have
-the last word."
-
-The chief bit his fingers with powerless rage but he was too well
-acquainted with this woman to continue a struggle which he knew must
-infallibly terminate in the maiden's death. By a prodigy of self
-command he forced his face to assume a smile, and said in a mild voice--
-
-"Wah! my sister is excited! Of what consequence is it to me whether
-this woman is mine now or in a few hours hence?"
-
-"Yes, but only when General Bustamente is no longer in the hands of his
-enemies, Chief."
-
-"Be it so!" he said, "since my sister requires it; let her act as she
-thinks fit."
-
-"Very well; but my brother must prove his faith to me."
-
-"What security can I give my sister, that will thoroughly satisfy her?"
-he said with a bitter smile.
-
-"This," she replied, with a sneer; "let my brother swear by the bones
-of his ancestors that he will not oppose anything it shall please me to
-do, till the general is free."
-
-The chief hesitated; the oath the Linda requested him to take was one
-held sacred by the Indians, and they dreaded breaking it in the highest
-degree; such is their respect for the ashes of their fathers. But
-Antinahuel had fallen into a snare, from which it was impossible for
-him to extricate himself.
-
-"Good!" he said, smiling; "let my sister be satisfied. I swear upon
-the bones of my father that I will not oppose her in anything she may
-please to do."
-
-"Thank you," the Linda answered; "my brother is a great warrior."
-
-Antinahuel had no other plausible pretext for remaining: he slowly,
-and, as if regretfully, rejoined his mosotones, got into his saddle,
-and set off, darting at the Linda a last glance, that would have
-congealed her with fear if she had seen it.
-
-"Poor puling creature!" she said. "Don Tadeo, it is you I wound in
-torturing your leman! Shall I at length force you to restore to me my
-daughter?"
-
-The Indian peons attached to her service had remained with her. In the
-heat of the pursuit the horses, abandoned by Curumilla and brought back
-by the scouts, had remained with the troop.
-
-"Bring hither one of those horses!" she commanded.
-
-The courtesan had the poor girl placed across one of the horses, with
-her face towards the sky; then she ordered that the feet and hands of
-her victim should be brought under the belly of the animal and solidly
-fastened with cords by the ankles and wrists.
-
-"The woman is not firm upon her legs," she said, with a dry, nervous
-laugh.
-
-The poor girl gave scarcely any signs of life; her countenance had
-an earthy, cadaverous hue, and the blood flowed copiously. Her body,
-horribly cramped by the frightful posture in which she was tied, had
-nervous starts, and dreadfully hurt her wrists and ankles, into which
-the cords began to enter. A hollow rattle escaped from her oppressed
-chest.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER V.
-
-AN INDIAN'S LOVE.
-
-
-The Linda rejoined Antinahuel, who, knowing what torture she was
-preparing to inflict on the young girl, had stopped at a short distance
-from the spot where he had left her.
-
-When they reached the tolderia, the horsemen dismounted and the maiden
-was untied and transported, half dead, into the same cuarto where, an
-hour before, she had, for the first time, found herself in the presence
-of the courtesan.
-
-The appearance of Rosario was really frightful, and would have excited
-pity in anybody but the tigress whose delight it was to treat her so
-cruelly. Her long hair hung in loose disorder upon her half-naked
-shoulders, and at various spots adhered to her face through the blood
-which had flowed from her wound; her face, soiled with blood and dirt,
-wore a greenish cast, and her half-closed lips showed that her teeth
-were tightly clenched. Her wrists and ankles, to which still hung
-strips of the thick cord by which she had been fastened to the horse,
-were frightfully bruised and discoloured. Her delicate frame was
-convulsed with nervous quiverings, and her faint breathing painfully
-issued from her heaving chest.
-
-"Poor girl!" the chief murmured.
-
-"Why, chief!" said the Linda, with a sardonic smile. "I scarcely know
-you! Good Heavens! how love can change a man! What, you, intrepid
-warrior, pity the fate of this poor maudlin chit! I really believe you
-will weep over her like a woman, next!"
-
-"Yes," the chief said; "my sister speaks truly, I scarcely know myself!
-Oh!" he added, bitterly, "is it possible that I, Antinahuel, to whom
-the Huincas have done so much wrong, can be so? This woman is of an
-accursed race; she is in my power, I could avenge myself upon her,
-satisfy the hatred that devours me, make her endure the must atrocious
-injuries!--and, I dare not!--no, I dare not!"
-
-"Does my brother, then, love this woman so much?" the Linda asked, in a
-soft, insinuating tone.
-
-Antinahuel looked at her as if she had awakened him suddenly from his
-sleep; he fixed his dull eyes upon her, and exclaimed--
-
-"Do I love her?--love her!--let my sister listen. Before dying, and
-going to hunt in the blessed prairies with the just warriors, my father
-called me to him, and placing his mouth to my ear--'My son, he said,
-thou art the last of our race; Don Tadeo de Leon is also the last of
-his; since the coming of the palefaces, the family of that man has been
-always fatally opposed to ours, everywhere and under all circumstances.
-Swear to kill that man whom it has never been in my power to reach!'
-I swore to do it. Good!' he said, Pillian loves children who obey
-their father; let my son mount his best horse, and go in search of his
-enemy. Then, with a sigh, my father bade me depart. Without replying,
-I saddled, as he had commanded me, my best horse, and went to the city
-called Santiago, resolved to kill my enemy."
-
-"Well?" the Linda asked, seeing him stop short.
-
-"Well!" he resumed, "I saw this woman, and my enemy still lives." The
-Linda cast upon him a look of disdain; but Antinahuel did not remark
-it--he continued--
-
-"One day this woman found me dying, pierced with wounds; she made her
-peons bear me to a stone toldo, where for three months she watched over
-me, driving back the death which had hung over me."
-
-"And when my brother was cured?" the Linda asked eagerly.
-
-"When I was cured," he resumed, passionately, "I fled away like a
-wounded tiger, bearing in my heart an incurable wound! Two suns ago,
-when I was quitting my tolderia, my mother, whom I loved and venerated,
-wished to oppose my departure; she knew that it was love that attracted
-me from her, that it was to see this woman I left her. Well, my
-mother----"
-
-"Your mother?" the courtesan said, breathlessly.
-
-"As she persisted in not allowing me to depart, I trampled her, without
-pity, beneath the hoofs of my horse!" he cried, in almost a shriek.
-
-"Oh!" exclaimed the Linda, recoiling.
-
-"Yes! it is horrible, is it not, to kill one's mother? Now!" he added,
-with a frightful mocking laugh, "will my sister ask again if I love
-this woman? For her sake, to see her, to hear her address to me one of
-those sweet words which she used to speak near me, or only to see her
-smile, I would joyfully sacrifice the most sacred interests. I would
-wade through the blood of my dearest friends--nothing should stop me!"
-
-The Linda, as she listened to him and observed him, reflected deeply,
-and as soon as he ceased she said--
-
-"I see that my brother really loves this woman. I was deceived, I must
-repair my fault."
-
-"What does my sister mean?"
-
-"I mean, that if I had known, I should not have inflicted so severe a
-chastisement."
-
-"Poor girl!" he sighed.
-
-The Linda smiled ironically to herself. "But my brother does not know
-what palefaced women are," she continued; "they are vipers, which you
-endeavour in vain to crush, and which always rise up again to sting the
-heel of him who places his foot upon them. It is of no use to argue
-with passion, were it not so I would say to my brother, 'Be thankful to
-me, for in killing this woman I preserve you from atrocious sorrow.'"
-
-Antinahuel moved uneasily.
-
-"But," she continued, "my brother loves, and I will restore this woman
-to him; within an hour I will give her up to him."
-
-"Oh! if my sister does that," Antinahuel exclaimed, intoxicated with
-joy, "I will be her slave!"
-
-Dona Maria smiled with an undefinable expression.
-
-"I will do it," she said, "but time presses, we cannot stay here any
-longer--my brother doubtless forgets."
-
-Antinahuel darted a suspicious glance at her.
-
-"I forget nothing," he replied; "the friend of my sister shall be
-released."
-
-"Good! my brother will succeed."
-
-"Still, I will not depart till the blue-eyed maiden has recovered her
-senses."
-
-"Let my brother hasten to give orders for our departure in ten minutes."
-
-"It is good!" said Antinahuel; "in ten minutes I shall be here."
-
-He left the cuarto with a hasty step. As soon as he was gone, the
-Linda knelt down by the young girl, removed the cords that still cut
-her flesh, washed her face with cold water, fastened up her hair, and
-carefully bandaged the wound on her forehead.
-
-"Oh!" she thought, "through this woman I hold you, demon!"
-
-She softly raised the maiden, placed her in a high-backed chair,
-remedied, as well as she was able, the disorder in her dress, and then
-applied a phial of powerful salts to her nostrils.
-
-These salts were not long in producing their effect; she breathed a
-deep sigh, and opened her eyes, casting round vague and languid looks.
-But suddenly her eye fell upon the woman who was lavishing her cares
-upon her; a fresh pallor covered the features, which had begun to be
-slightly tinged with red, she closed her eyes, and was on the point of
-fainting again. The Linda shrugged her shoulders, took a second phial
-from her bosom, and opening the poor girls mouth introduced a few drops
-of cordial between her livid lips. At that moment Antinahuel returned.
-
-"Everything is ready," he said; "we can depart immediately."
-
-"When you please," Dona Maria replied.
-
-"What is to be done with this girl?"
-
-"She will remain here: I have arranged everything."
-
-"Let us be gone, then!" and turning towards Rosario, she said, with a
-malignant smile. "Farewell, till we meet again, senorita!"
-
-Dona Rosario rose, and said in an earnest tone, "I do not curse you;
-but God grant, if you ever have children, that they may never be
-exposed to the tortures you have condemned me to endure."
-
-On hearing this speech, which seared her heart like a red-hot iron, the
-Linda uttered a cry of terror; a cold perspiration beaded on her pale
-forehead, and she staggered out of the apartment.
-
-"My mother! my mother!" cried Rosario; "if you still live, where are
-you? Why do you not come to the help of your daughter?"
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER VI.
-
-PREPARATIONS FOR DELIVERANCE
-
-
-The little troop of cavalry, at the head of which Antinahuel and the
-Linda rode, advanced rapidly and silently along the road from San
-Miguel towards the valley in which, the day before, the renewal of the
-treaties had been accomplished. At sunrise they debouched into the
-plain. They had scarcely advanced fifty paces when they saw a horseman
-coming at full speed towards them. This horseman was Black Stag:
-Antinahuel halted his escort.
-
-"What is the use of this halt?" Dona Maria observed.
-
-"Is my sister a soldier?" Antinahuel asked.
-
-Dona Maria, mortified at this rude speech, reined in her horse and
-remained a few paces in the rear, so that Antinahuel was left alone at
-the head of his troop. At the expiration of five minutes Black Stag
-pulled up his horse.
-
-"Has my father returned among his children?" he said, bowing his head
-as a salutation to the chief.
-
-"Yes!" Antinahuel replied. "What has my son done during my absence?"
-
-"I have executed the orders of my father."
-
-"All of them?"
-
-"All!"
-
-"Good! Has my son received any news of the palefaces?"
-
-"A strong body of the Chiaplos is preparing to quit Valdivia to repair
-to Santiago."
-
-"Good! With what purpose?"
-
-"They are taking to Santiago the prisoner named General Bustamente."
-
-Antinahuel turned towards the Linda, and exchanged a glance of
-intelligence with her.
-
-"For what day have the Huincas fixed their departure?"
-
-"They are to set out the day after tomorrow."
-
-Antinahuel reflected for a few minutes.
-
-"This is what my son will do," he said. "In two hours he will strike
-his camp, and direct his course toward the Canyon del Rio Seco, where I
-will go and wait for him."
-
-"I will obey!" said the Black Stag, bowing his head affirmatively.
-
-"Good! My son is an experienced warrior; he will execute my orders with
-intelligence."
-
-The man smiled with pleasure at receiving this praise from his chief;
-after bowing respectfully before him, he made his horse curvet
-gracefully, and set off with his followers.
-
-Antinahuel took the road towards the mountains at a sharp trot. After
-riding silently for some time by the side of Dona Maria, he turned
-towards her graciously, and said--
-
-"Does my sister understand the tenor of the order I have just given?"
-
-"No!" she replied, with a slight tinge of irony; "as my brother has
-well remarked, I am not a soldier."
-
-"My intentions are very simple," he replied; "the Canyon del Rio Seco
-is in a narrow defile which the palefaces are obliged to cross. Fifty
-chosen warriors can here contend with advantage against twenty times
-their number. It is in that place I am determined to wait for the
-Huincas. The Moluchos will take possession of the heights; and when the
-palefaces have entered that passage without suspicion, I will attack
-them on all sides."
-
-"Does there, then, exist no other road to Santiago?"
-
-"None; they must go that way."
-
-"Then they are doomed!" she joyfully exclaimed.
-
-"Without doubt!" he said proudly; "the Canyon del Rio Seco is
-celebrated in our history."
-
-"Then my brother can answer for saving Don Pancho Bustamente?"
-
-"Yes, unless the sky falls!" he said, with a smile.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER VII.
-
-A COUNTERMINE.
-
-
-As Trangoil-Lanec had predicted, Louis recovered from the effects of
-his wounds with surprising rapidity. Whether it was owing to his ardent
-desire to commence his researches, or to the goodness of his condition,
-we will not say; but on the eve of the day fixed for the departure
-he was quite on the alert, and told Don Tadeo he was ready to start
-whenever he pleased.
-
-He was the more anxious to depart in that Valentine, his dog Caesar,
-and Trangoil-Lanec had been absent three days, and no tidings had
-been received. Curumilla had not come back. All these circumstances
-augmented in an enormous degree the impatience of the count; whilst, on
-his part, Don Tadeo was not much more easy. The poor father shuddered
-at the idea of the suffering to which his child was exposed.
-
-And yet there was mingled an undefinable joy at thinking of the
-tortures he should inflict, in his turn, upon Dona Maria, when
-revealing to her that the person she had taken so much delight in
-martyrizing was her own daughter. Don Tadeo, a man of elevated mind,
-endeavoured to shake off this unworthy thought, but it persisted in
-recurring with tenacity.
-
-Don Gregorio, in whose hands Don Tadeo had placed his power and
-authority, urged on by Louis, hastened the preparations for the
-departure on the morrow. At about eight o'clock in the evening. Don
-Gregorio, after giving certain instructions in one of the private
-apartments of the cabildo to General Cornejo and the senator Sandias,
-who were to conduct Don Pancho to Santiago, had dismissed them, and
-was conversing with Don Tadeo, when the door was thrown open, and a
-man entered. On seeing him, they uttered a general cry of joy and
-astonishment. It was Curumilla!
-
-"At last!" Louis and Don Tadeo exclaimed.
-
-"I am here!" the Ulmen replied, sorrowfully.
-
-As the poor Indian seemed quite exhausted with fatigue and want of
-food, they made him sit down. In spite of all his Indian stoicism,
-Curumilla literally seized the food as soon as it appeared, and
-devoured it greedily.
-
-As soon as the keenness of his appetite was a little abated, Curumilla
-related the full details of all that had happened since his departure
-from the camp, the manner in which he had delivered the young lady,
-and how, an hour after, she had been recaptured by her enemies. When
-he quitted Dona Rosario the brave Indian had only kept at a sufficient
-distance from her to avoid being himself taken by her ravishers.
-
-Don Tadeo and the count warmly thanked him.
-
-"I have done nothing yet," he said, "since all must be begun again; and
-now," he added, "it will be more difficult, for they will be on their
-guard."
-
-"Tomorrow," Don Tadeo replied, warmly, "we will set out all together on
-the track."
-
-"Yes," the chief said, "I am aware you are to depart tomorrow."
-
-The three men looked at each other with astonishment; they could not
-understand how the news of their movements should be known.
-
-"There are no secrets for Aucas, when they wish to know them," the
-chief said with a smile.
-
-"It is impossible!" Don Gregorio exclaimed angrily.
-
-"Let my brother listen," the chief replied quietly. "Tomorrow, at
-sunrise, a detachment of a thousand white soldiers will leave Valdivia
-to conduct the prisoner Bustamente to Santiago. Is it not so?"
-
-"Yes," Don Gregorio replied, "I must admit that what you say is
-correct."
-
-"Well," said the Ulmen smiling, "I cannot deny that the man who gave me
-these details had no suspicion that I overheard him."
-
-"Explain yourself, chief, I implore you!" Don Tadeo cried; "we are upon
-burning coals."
-
-"I have told you that I followed Antinahuel's party; I must add that
-occasionally I got before them. The day before yesterday, at sunrise,
-the Black Stag, who was left with Antinahuel's warriors during his
-absence, was on the prairie of the treaties, and as soon as he saw his
-chief, galloped to meet him. As I had no doubt that these two men,
-during their conference, would allow some words to escape that might
-afterwards be of service to me, I drew as close to them as possible,
-and that is the way they placed me in possession of their projects."
-
-"Of their projects?" Don Gregorio asked, "are they mad enough, then, to
-think of attacking us?"
-
-"The pale woman has made Antinahuel swear to deliver her friend, who is
-a prisoner."
-
-"Well! and what then?"
-
-"Antinahuel will deliver him."
-
-"Ay, ay!" said Don Gregorio, "but that project is more easily formed
-than executed, chief."
-
-"The soldiers are obliged to traverse the Canyon del Rio Seco."
-
-"No doubt they are."
-
-"It is there that Antinahuel will attack the palefaces with his
-mosotones."
-
-"Sangre de Cristo!" Don Gregorio exclaimed, "What is to be done?"
-
-"The escort will be defeated," Don Tadeo observed.
-
-Curumilla remained silent.
-
-"Perhaps not!" said the count: "I know the chief; he is not the man to
-cause his friends embarrassment without having the means of showing
-them how to avoid the peril he reveals to them."
-
-"Unfortunately," Don Tadeo replied, "there exists no other passage but
-that cursed defile; it must absolutely be cleared, and five hundred
-resolute men might not there only hold a whole army in check, but cut
-it to pieces."
-
-"That may be all very true," the young man replied persistently; "but
-I repeat what I have said--the chief is a skilful warrior, his mind is
-fertile in resources."
-
-Curumilla smiled and nodded.
-
-"I was sure of it!" Louis cried. "Now then, chief, speak out! Do you
-not know a means of enabling us to avoid this dangerous passage?"
-
-"I will not certify that," the Ulmen replied; "but if my brothers the
-palefaces will consent to allow me to act, I will undertake to foil the
-plans of Antinahuel and his companions."
-
-"Speak! speak, chief!" the count exclaimed, vehemently; "explain to us
-the plan you have formed; these caballeros rely entirely upon you."
-
-"Yes," Don Tadeo replied, "we are listening to you anxiously, chief."
-
-"But," Curumilla resumed, "my brothers must act with caution. I require
-to be left absolute master."
-
-"You have my word, Ulmen," said Don Gregorio; "we will only act as you
-command us."
-
-"Good!" said the chief; "let my brothers listen."
-
-And without more delay he detailed to them the plan he had formed, and
-which, as might be expected, obtained the general assent. Don Tadeo and
-the count entered enthusiastically into it, promising themselves the
-happiest results. By the time the last measures were agreed to and all
-was arranged the night was far advanced, and the four speakers stood in
-need of some repose. Curumilla in particular, having slept but little
-for several days, was literally sinking with fatigue. Louis alone
-appeared to require no repair for his strength. But prudence demanded
-that a few hours should be given to sleep, and, in spite of the counts
-remonstrances, they separated.
-
-The young man, forced to submit to the reasons of the experienced men
-who surrounded him, retired with a very bad grace, promising himself
-_in petto_ not to let his friends forget the hour fixed upon for their
-departure.
-
-Louis felt it was impossible to follow their example, and impatience
-and love--those two tyrants of youth--heated his brain, he ascended
-to the roof of the palace, and with his eyes fixed upon the lofty
-mountains, whose dark shadows were thrown across the horizon, he gave
-all his thoughts to the fair Rosario.
-
-Louis, abandoning himself to delightful thoughts, thus dreamed through
-the night, and did not think of descending till the stars successively
-disappeared in the depths of the heavens, and a pale whiteness began to
-tinge the horizon. In that climate this announced the speedy approach
-of day.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER VIII.
-
-EL CANYON DEL RIO SECO.
-
-
-At about ten leagues from San Miguel de la Frontera, a miserable town
-peopled by some twenty or thirty Huiliche shepherds, on the road to
-Arauca, the land rises rapidly, and suddenly forms an imposing wall
-of granite, the summit of which is covered with virgin forests of
-firs and oaks, impenetrable to the sun. A passage of twenty yards at
-most, is opened by nature through this wall. Its length is more than
-a mile, forming a crowd of capricious, inextricable windings, which
-appear constantly to turn back upon themselves. On each side of this
-formidable defile, the ground, covered with trees and underwood, stage
-above stage, is capable, in case of need, of offering impregnable
-intrenchments to those who defend the passage.
-
-This place is named El Canyon del Rio Seco, a name common in America,
-because not only has vegetation long since covered the face of this
-wall with an emerald carpet, but it is evident that in remote periods
-a channel by which the waters of the upper plateaus of the Andes,
-overflowing, either in consequence of an earthquake or some natural
-inundation, pour down to the plain--had violently and naturally cut
-itself a passage to the sea.
-
-Antinahuel, followed closely by the Linda, who wished to see everything
-for herself, visited the posts, gave short and precise instructions
-to the Ulmens, and then regained the bivouac he had chosen, and which
-formed the advanced guard of the ambuscade.
-
-"Now, what are we going to do?" Dona Maria asked.
-
-"Wait," he replied.
-
-And folding himself in his poncho, he laid down on the ground and
-closed his eyes.
-
-On their side, the Spaniards had set out a little before daybreak. They
-formed a compact troop of five hundred horsemen, in the centre of whom
-rode without arms, and between two lancers, charged to blow out his
-brains at the least suspicious action, General Bustamente.
-
-In advance of this troop, there was another of an almost equal force;
-this was, in appearance, composed of Indians. We say in appearance,
-because the men were in reality Chilians, but their Araucano costume,
-their arms, even to the caparison of their horses, in short, everything
-in their disguise, was so exact, that at a short distance it was
-impossible for even the experienced eyes of the Indians themselves to
-detect them. These apparent Indians were commanded by Joan.
-
-When arrived at mid-distance between Valdivia and the Canyon, the
-hindermost troop halted, whilst that commanded by Joan continued its
-march, but slowly, and with increased precaution. Four horsemen closed
-the rear; Don Tadeo, Don Gregorio, the count, and Curumilla, who were
-engaged in earnest conversation.
-
-"Then you persist in having nobody with you?" said Don Gregorio.
-
-"Nobody; we two will be quite sufficient," Curumilla replied, pointing
-to the young Frenchman.
-
-"Why will you not take me with you?" Don Tadeo asked.
-
-"I thought you would prefer remaining with your soldiers."
-
-"I am anxious to join my daughter as soon as possible."
-
-"Come, then, by all means. You," turning to Don Gregorio, "will
-remember that nothing must induce you to enter the defile before you
-see a fire blazing on the summit of the Corcovado."
-
-"That is perfectly understood, so now farewell."
-
-After exchanging hearty shakes of the hand, the four men separated. Don
-Gregorio galloped after his troops, whilst Don Tadeo and the count,
-guided by Curumilla, began to climb the mountain. They continued
-to ascend for more than an hour, and at last reached a platform of
-considerable extent.
-
-"Dismount," he said; Curumilla setting the example, which his
-companions followed.
-
-"Let us unsaddle our horses," the chief continued. "We shall not want
-the poor beasts for some time. I know a place, not far off, where they
-will be comfortably sheltered, and where we can find them when we come
-back--if we do come back," he added.
-
-"Holloa, chief!" Louis exclaimed, "Are you beginning to be
-apprehensive?"
-
-"Och!" the Ulmen replied, "my brother is young, his blood is very warm;
-Curumilla is older, he is wise."
-
-"Thanks," the young man said, "it is impossible to tell a friend that
-he is a fool more politely."
-
-The three men continued to ascend, dragging their horses after them
-by their bridles, which was no easy matter in a narrow path where
-the animals stumbled at every step. At length, however, they gained
-the entrance of a natural grotto, into which they coaxed the noble
-creatures. They supplied them with food, and then closed up the
-entrance of the grotto with large stones, leaving only a narrow passage
-of air.
-
-"Now let us begone," said Curumilla.
-
-They threw their guns upon their shoulders, and set forward with a
-resolute step. After three quarters of an hour of this painful ascent
-the Ulmen stopped.
-
-"This is the place," he said.
-
-The three men had attained the summit of an elevated peak, from the top
-of which an immense and splendid panorama lay unrolled before their
-eyes.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER IX
-
-BEFORE THE FIGHT.
-
-
-As soon as they had set foot on the platform, Don Tadeo and the count
-sank exhausted. Curumilla left them undisturbed for a few minutes to
-recover their breath, then requested them to look around them. Beneath
-their feet was the Canyon del Rio Seco, with its imposing granite
-masses and its thick clumps of verdure.
-
-"Oh!" Louis exclaimed, enthusiastically, "how splendid this is!"
-
-Don Tadeo, accustomed from his infancy to such sublime panoramas,
-only cast an absent glance over the magnificent prospect. His mind
-was intent upon his daughter, the beloved child whom he hoped soon to
-deliver.
-
-"Are we going to remain here long?" he asked.
-
-"For a few minutes," Curumilla replied.
-
-"What is the name of this place?" the count said.
-
-"It is the peak which the palefaces call the Corcovado." said the Ulmen.
-
-"The one upon which you appointed to light the signal fire?"
-
-"Yes; let us hasten to prepare it."
-
-The three men constructed an immense pile of wood.
-
-"Now," said Curumilla, "rest, and do not stir till my return."
-
-And without entering into further detail, Curumilla sprang down the
-steep declivity of the mountain, and disappeared among the trees. The
-two friends sat down near the pile, and waited pensively the return
-of the Ulmen. The troop commanded by Joan approached the defile,
-simulating all the movements of Indians, and were soon within gunshot
-of the Canyon. Antinahuel had perceived them, and had for some time
-been watching their movements. Notwithstanding all his cunning, the
-Toqui did not for an instant suspect a stratagem. The presence of Joan
-at the head of the troop, whom at the first glance he had recognised,
-completed his conviction.
-
-Joan plunged into the defile without evincing the least hesitation; but
-scarcely had he proceeded a dozen yards when an Indian sprang out of a
-thicket, and stood in front of him. This Indian was Antinahuel himself.
-
-"My son comes late," said the Toqui, casting a suspicious glance at him.
-
-"My father will pardon me," Joan replied, respectfully; "I had notice
-only last night."
-
-"Good," continued the chief; "I know my son is prudent. How many lances
-does he bring with him?"
-
-"A thousand."
-
-As may be perceived, Joan bravely doubled the number of his soldiers.
-
-"Oh! oh!" said the Toqui, joyfully, "a man may be pardoned for coming
-late when he brings so numerous a troop with him."
-
-"My father knows I am devoted," the Indian replied.
-
-"I know you are; my son is a brave warrior. Has he seen the Huincas?"
-
-"I have seen them."
-
-"Are they far distant?"
-
-"No; they are coming--in less than three-quarters of an hour they will
-be here."
-
-"We have not an instant to lose. My son will place his warriors in
-ambush."
-
-"Good! It shall be done; my father may leave it to me."
-
-At this moment the troop of false Indians appeared at the entrance of
-the defile, into which they boldly entered, after the example of their
-leader.
-
-"My son will use all possible diligence," said Antinahuel, and hastened
-back to his post.
-
-Joan and his men went forward at full gallop; they were watched by from
-a thousand to fifteen hundred invisible spies, who, at the smallest
-suspicion, created by a doubtful gesture even, would have massacred
-them without mercy.
-
-Joan, after having made his men dismount and conceal their horses in
-the rear, distributed them with a calmness and collectedness that must
-have banished the suspicions of the chief. Ten minutes later the defile
-appeared as solitary as before. Joan had scarcely gone six paces into
-the thicket when a hand was laid upon his shoulder. He turned sharply
-round; Curumilla was before him.
-
-"Good!" the latter murmured, in a voice low as a breath; "let my son
-follow me with his men."
-
-Joan nodded assent, and with extreme precaution and in perfect silence
-three hundred soldiers began to escalade the rocks in imitation of the
-Ulmen. The three hundred men led by Joan, who had escaladed the wall
-of the defile on the opposite side of the canyon, were divided into
-two troops. The first had taken up a position above Black Stag, and
-the second, a hundred strong, were massed as a rear post. As soon as
-Curumilla had prepared the manoeuvre we have just described, he quitted
-Joan and rejoined his companions.
-
-"At last!" they cried, both in a breath.
-
-"I began to be afraid something had happened to you, chief," said the
-count.
-
-Upon which Curumilla only smiled. "Everything is ready," he said; "and
-when the palefaces please, they can penetrate into the defile."
-
-"Do you think your plan will succeed?" Don Tadeo asked anxiously.
-
-"I hope it will," the Indian replied.
-
-"What are we to do now?"
-
-"Light the fire, and depart."
-
-"How depart? Our friends?"
-
-"They stand in no need of us; as soon as the fire is alight we will set
-out in search of the young maiden."
-
-"God grant that we may save her!"
-
-Curumilla, after lighting a bit of tinder which he had in a horn box,
-collected with his feet a heap of dried leaves, placed the tinder
-beneath them, and began to blow with all his might. The fire, acted
-upon by the breeze, which at that height blew strongly, was rapidly
-communicated, and shortly a thick column of flame mounted roaring to
-the sky.
-
-"Good!" said Curumilla to his companions; "they see the signal."
-
-"Let us begone, then, without delay," cried the count, impatiently.
-
-"Come on, then," said Don Tadeo.
-
-The three men plunged into the immense virgin forest which covered the
-summit of the mountain, leaving behind them that sinister beacon--a
-signal for murder and destruction. On the plain, Don Gregorio, fearing
-to advance before he knew what he had positively to trust to, had given
-orders to his troops to halt. He did not conceal from himself the
-dangers of his position, so that if he fell in the battle he was about
-to fight, his honour would be safe and his memory without reproach.
-
-"General," he said, addressing Cornejo, who as well as the senator was
-close to him, "you are accustomed to war, are an intrepid soldier, and
-I will not conceal from you that we are in a position of peril.
-
-"Oh! oh!" said the general; "explain, Don Gregorio, explain!"
-
-"The Indians are in ambush in great numbers, to dispute the passage of
-the defile with us."
-
-"The rascals! Only see now! Why, they will knock us all on the head,"
-the general, still calm, said.
-
-"Oh! it is a horrible trap!" the senator cried.
-
-"Caspita! a trap, I believe it is, indeed!" the general continued. "But
-you will be able to give us your opinion presently; if, as is not very
-probable, you come safely through, my friend."
-
-"But I will not go and run my head into that frightful fox's hole!"
-cried Don Ramon, beside himself.
-
-"Bah! you will fight as an amateur, which will be very handsome on your
-part."
-
-"Sir," said Don Gregorio, coldly, "so much the worse for you; if you
-had remained quietly at Santiago, you would not be in this position."
-
-"That is true, my friend," the general followed up, with a hearty laugh.
-
-"How did it happen that you, who are as great a coward as a hare,
-troubled yourself with military politics?"
-
-The senator made no reply to this cruel apostrophe.
-
-"Whatever may happen, can I reckon upon you, general?" Don Gregorio
-asked.
-
-"I can only promise you one thing," the old soldier answered, nobly;
-"that I will not shrink, and if it should come to that, will sell
-my life dearly. As to this cowardly fellow, I undertake to make him
-perform prodigies of valour."
-
-At this threat the unhappy senator felt a cold sweat inundate his whole
-body. A long column of flame burst from the top of the mountain.
-
-Don Gregorio cried, "Caballeros! Forward! and God protect Chili!"
-
-"Forward!" the general repeated, unsheathing his sword.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER X.
-
-THE PASSAGE OF THE DEFILE.
-
-
-While these things were going on in the defile, a few words exchanged
-between Antinahuel and the Linda filled the Toqui with uneasiness, by
-making him vaguely suspicious of some treachery.
-
-"What is the matter?" Dona Maria asked.
-
-"Nothing very extraordinary," he replied, carelessly; "some
-reinforcements have arrived rather late, upon which I did not reckon."
-
-"Good Heavens!" said Dona Maria, "I have been perhaps deceived by
-an extraordinary resemblance; but, if the man I mean were not forty
-leagues off, I should declare it is he who commands that troop."
-
-"Let my sister explain herself," said Antinahuel.
-
-"Tell me, in the first place, chief," the Linda continued, "the name of
-the warrior to whom you spoke?"
-
-"His name is Joan."
-
-"That is impossible! Joan is at this moment more than forty leagues
-from this place, detained by his love for a white woman," the Linda
-cried.
-
-"My sister must be mistaken, because I have just been conversing with
-him."
-
-"Then he is a traitor!" she said passionately.
-
-The chief's brow became thoughtful.
-
-"This has an awkward appearance," he said. "Can I have been betrayed?"
-he added in a deep tone.
-
-"What are you going to do?" the Linda asked, stopping him.
-
-"To demand of Joan an account of his ambiguous conduct."
-
-"It is too late," the Linda continued, pointing with her finger to the
-Chilians.
-
-"Oh!" Antinahuel cried, with rage, "woe be to him if he prove a
-traitor."
-
-"It is no longer time for recrimination and threats; you must fight."
-
-"Yes," he replied, fervently; "we will fight now. After the victory it
-will be time enough to chastise traitors."
-
-The plan of the Araucanos was of the most simple kind: to allow the
-Spaniards to enter the defile, then to attack them at once in front and
-in rear, whilst the warriors in ambush on the flanks poured down upon
-them enormous stones and fragments of rock. A party of the Indians had
-bravely thrown themselves both in front and rear of the Spaniards to
-bar their passage. Antinahuel sprang up, and encouraging his warriors
-with voice and gesture, he rolled down an immense stone amongst his
-enemies. All at once a shower of bullets came pattering down upon his
-troops. The false Indians, led by Joan, showed themselves, and charged
-him resolutely to the cry of "Chili! Chili!"
-
-"We are betrayed!" Antinahuel shouted, "Kill, kill!"
-
-Some horsemen charged in troops at speed, whilst others galloped at
-random among the terrified infantry.
-
-The Araucanos did not yield an inch--the Chilians did not advance a
-step. The melee undulated like the waves of the sea in a tempest; the
-earth was red with blood.
-
-The combat had assumed heroic proportions.
-
-At length, by a desperate effort Antinahuel succeeded in breaking
-through the close ranks of the enemies who enveloped him, and rushed
-into the defile, followed by his warriors, and waving his heavy hatchet
-over his head. Black Stag contrived to effect the same movement; but
-Joan's Chilian horse advanced from behind the rising ground which had
-concealed them, with loud cries, and came on sabring all before them.
-
-The Linda followed closely the steps of Antinahuel, her eyes flashing,
-her lips compressed.
-
-"Forward!--forward!" Don Gregorio cried in a voice of thunder.
-
-"Chili! Chili!" the general repeated, cutting down a man at every blow.
-
-More dead than alive, Don Ramon fought like a demon; he waved his
-sword, rode down all in his way with the weight of his horse, and
-uttered inarticulate cries with the gestures of one possessed.
-
-In the meantime, Don Bustamente snatched a sword from one of the
-soldiers, made his horse plunge violently, and dashed forward, crying
-with a loud voice--
-
-"To the rescue!--to the rescue!"
-
-To this appeal the Araucanos replied by shouts of joy, and flew towards
-him.
-
-"Ay, ay," a scoffing voice cried; "but you are not free yet, Don
-Pancho."
-
-General Bustamente turned sharply round, and found himself face to face
-with General Cornejo, who had leaped his horse over a heap of dead
-bodies. The two men, after exchanging a look of hatred, rushed against
-each other with raised swords. The shock was terrible; the two horses
-fell with it. Don Pancho received a slight wound in the head; the arm
-of General Cornejo was cut through by the weapon of his adversary.
-With a bound Don Pancho was again on his feet; General Cornejo would
-willingly have been so, likewise, but suddenly a knee pressed heavily
-upon his chest, and obliged him to sink upon the ground.
-
-"Pancho! Pancho!" Dona Maria cried, with the laugh of a demon, for it
-was she, "see how I kill your enemies!"
-
-Don Pancho had not even heard the exclamation of the courtesan, so
-fully was he engaged in defending himself. At the sight of the odious
-murder committed by the Linda, Don Ramon shouted--
-
-"Viper! I will not kill you, because you are a woman; but I will mar
-your future means of doing evil."
-
-The Linda sank beneath his blow with a shriek of pain; he had slashed
-her down the cheek from top to bottom! Her hyena-like cry was so
-frightful that it even brought to a pause the combatants engaged around
-her. Bustamente heard her, and with one bound of his horse was by the
-side of his ancient mistress, whom the wound on her face rendered
-hideous. He stooped slightly down, and seizing her by her long hair,
-threw her across the neck of his horse; then plunging his spurs into
-the animals flanks, he dashed, headforemost, into the thickest of the
-_melee_. In spite of the efforts of the Chilians to recapture the
-fugitive, he succeeded in escaping.
-
-At a signal from Antinahuel, the Indians threw themselves on each side
-of the defile, and scaled the rocks with incredible velocity under a
-shower of bullets.
-
-The combat was over. The Araucanos had disappeared. The Chilians
-counted their losses, and found them great; seventy men had been
-killed, and a hundred and forty-three were wounded. Several officers,
-among whom was General Cornejo, had fallen. It was in vain they
-searched for Joan. The intrepid Indian had become invisible.
-
-Don Gregorio was in despair at the escape of General Bustamente. It was
-now useless for Don Gregorio to return to Santiago; on the contrary, it
-was urgent that he should return to Valdivia, in order to secure the
-tranquillity of that province which would, no doubt, be disturbed by
-the news of the generals escape; but, on the other hand, it was quite
-as important that the authorities of the capital should be placed upon
-their guard. Don Gregorio was in great trouble about choosing a person
-whom he could trust with this commission, when the senator came to his
-relief. The worthy Don Ramon had finished by taking courage in reality;
-he actually, and in good faith, believed himself the most valiant man
-in Chili, and, unconsciously, assumed the most ridiculously extravagant
-airs. Above all, he burned with the desire of returning to Santiago.
-
-Don Gregorio asked the senator to be the bearer of the double news of
-the battle gained over the Indians--a battle in which he, Don Ramon,
-had taken so large a share of the glory--and the unexpected escape of
-General Bustamente.
-
-Don Ramon accepted with a proud smile of satisfaction a mission in
-every way so honourable to him. As soon as the despatches, which Don
-Gregorio wrote at once, were ready, he mounted his horse, and, escorted
-by fifty lancers, set out for Santiago.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XI.
-
-THE JOURNEY.
-
-
-After his interview with Don Tadeo, Valentine had scarcely taken time
-to bid the young count farewell, but had instantly departed, followed
-by Trangoil-Lanec and his inseparable Newfoundland dog.
-
-The morning on which the sanguinary battle we have described was fought
-in the Canyon del Rio Seco, Valentine and Trangoil-Lanec were marching
-side by side, followed closely by Caesar. The two men were talking
-while they cracked a biscuit, which they washed down from time to time
-with a little smilax water, contained in a gourd, which hung at the
-girdle of Trangoil-Lanec.
-
-"Why chief," said Valentine, laughing, "you drive me to despair with
-your indifference."
-
-"What does my brother mean?" the astonished Indian said.
-
-"Caramba! We are traversing the most ravishing landscape in the world,
-and you pay no more attention to all these beauties than to the granite
-masses yonder in the horizon."
-
-"My brother is young." Trangoil-Lanec observed: "he is an enthusiast."
-
-"I do not know whether I am an enthusiast or not," replied the young
-man, warmly; "I only know this--that nature is magnificent."
-
-"Yes," said the chief, solemnly, "Pillian is great; it is he who made
-all things."
-
-"God, you mean, chief; but that is all one; our thought is the same,
-and we won't quarrel about a name."
-
-"In my brother's island," the Indian asked curiously, "are there no
-mountains and trees?"
-
-"I have already told you, chief, more than once that my country is not
-an island, but a land as large as this; there is no want of trees,
-thank God! There are even a great many, and as to mountains, we have
-some lofty ones, Montmartre among the rest."
-
-"Hum," said the Indian, not understanding.
-
-"Yes!" Valentine resumed, "we have mountains, but compared to these
-they are but little hills."
-
-"My land is the most beautiful in the world," the Indian replied
-proudly. "Why do the palefaces wish to dispossess us of it."
-
-"There is a great deal of truth in what you say, chief."
-
-"Good!" said the chief; "all men cannot be born in my country."
-
-"That is true, and that is why I was born somewhere else."
-
-Caesar at this moment growled surlily.
-
-"What is the matter, old fellow?" said Valentine.
-
-Trangoil-Lanec remarked quietly--
-
-"The dog has scented an Aucas."
-
-So it was, for scarcely had he spoken, when an Indian horseman appeared
-at the turning of the road. He advanced at full gallop towards the two
-men, whom he saluted, and went on his way.
-
-Shortly afterwards the travellers arrived, almost without being aware
-of it, at the entrance of the village.
-
-"So now, I suppose, we are at San Miguel?" remarked Valentine.
-
-"Yes," the other replied.
-
-"And is it your opinion that Dona Rosario is no longer here?"
-
-"No," said the Indian, shaking his head. "Let my brother look around
-him."
-
-"Well," said the young man, turning his eyes in all directions, "I see
-nothing."
-
-"If the prisoner were here, my brother would see warriors and horses;
-the village would be alive."
-
-"Corbleu!" thought Valentine; "these savages are wonderful men; they
-see everything, they divine everything. Chief," he added, "you are
-wise; tell me, I beg of you, who taught you all these things."
-
-The Indian stopped; with a majestic gesture he indicated the horizon to
-the young man, and said, in a voice the solemn accent of which made him
-start--
-
-"Brother, it was the desert.
-
-"Yes," the Frenchman replied, convinced by these few words; "for it is
-there alone that man sees God face to face."
-
-They now entered the village, and, as Trangoil-Lanec had said, it
-seemed deserted. They saw a few sick persons, who, reclining upon
-sheepskins, were complaining lamemtably.
-
-"Caramba!" said Valentine, much disappointed, "you have guessed so
-truly, Chief, that there are even no dogs to bite our heels."
-
-All at once Caesar sprang forward barking, and, stopping in front of
-an isolated hut, began to munch the ground with his claws, uttering
-furious cries.
-
-The two men ran hastily towards the hut, and Caesar continued his
-howlings.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XII.
-
-INFORMATION.
-
-
-When Valentine and Trangoil-Lanec gained the front of the hut, the door
-was opened, and a woman presented herself.
-
-This woman had in her countenance a marked expression of mildness,
-mixed with a melancholy cast; she appeared to be suffering pain. Her
-dress, entirely composed of blue cloth, consisted of a tunic which
-fell to her feet, but was very narrow, which makes the women of that
-country take short steps; a short mantle, called an ichcha, covered her
-shoulders and was crossed upon her breast, where it was drawn together
-by means of a silver buckle.
-
-As soon as this woman opened the door, Caesar rushed so violently into
-the interior of the hut that he almost knocked her down in his passage.
-She staggered, and was obliged to hold herself up by the wall.
-
-"I know what troubles the animal thus," the woman said mildly; "my
-brothers are travellers; let them enter this poor hut, which belongs to
-them; their slave will serve them."
-
-So saying, the mistress of the hut stood on one side to allow the
-strangers to enter. They found Caesar crouching in the middle of the
-cuarto, with his nose close to the ground, sniffing, snatching, and
-growling.
-
-"Good God!" Valentine muttered anxiously, "what has been done here?"
-
-Without saying a word Trangoil-Lanec placed himself close to the dog;
-stretched along upon the ground, with his eyes intently fixed upon it,
-he examined it as closely as if he thought his glance could penetrate
-it. At the end of a minute he arose, and seated himself by Valentine,
-who seeing his companion had got a fit of Indian silence, found it
-necessary to speak first.
-
-"Well, chief," he asked, "what is there fresh?"
-
-"Nothing," the Ulmen replied; "these traces are at least four days old."
-
-"What traces are you speaking of, chief?"
-
-"Traces of blood."
-
-"Of blood!" the young man cried. "Can Dona Rosario have been
-assassinated?"
-
-"No," the chief replied, "if this blood belonged to her, she has only
-been wounded; her wound has been dressed."
-
-"Dressed! come, that is too strong, chief!"
-
-"My brother is quick--he does not reflect. Let him look here."
-
-And he opened his right hand, and displayed an object enclosed in it.
-
-"Caramba!" Valentine replied, quite out of humour, "an old dried leaf!
-What on earth can that teach?"
-
-"Everything," said the Indian.
-
-"Pardieu? If you can prove that, chief, I shall consider you the
-greatest machi in all Araucania."
-
-"It is very simple. This leaf is the oregano leaf; the oregano so
-valuable for stopping the effusion of blood."
-
-"Here are traces of blood; a person has been wounded; and on the same
-spot I find an oregano leaf: that leaf did not come there of itself,
-consequently that person's wounds have been dressed."
-
-The woman now entered, bearing two ox horns full of harina tostada;
-they ate their horn of meal heartily, and drank more than one cup of
-chicha each. As soon as they had ended this light repast, the Indian
-presented the mate to them, which they tossed off with great pleasure,
-and then they lit their cigars.
-
-"My sister is kind," Trangoil-Lanec said; "will she talk a minute with
-us!"
-
-"I will do as my brothers please."
-
-Valentine took two piastres from his pocket, and presented them to the
-woman, saying, "Will my sister permit me to offer her this trifle to
-make earrings?"
-
-"I thank my brother," said the poor woman; "my brother is a muruche;
-perhaps he is the relation of the young paleface girl who was here?"
-
-"I am not her relation," he said, "I am her friend. I confess that
-if my sister can give me any intelligence of her, she will render me
-happy."
-
-"Some days ago," said the woman, "a great woman of the palefaces
-arrived here towards evening, followed by half a score of mosotones; I
-am not well, and that is why, for a month past, I have remained in the
-village. This woman asked me to allow her to pass the night in my hut.
-Towards the middle of the night there was a great noise of horses in
-the village, and several horsemen arrived, bringing with them a young
-palefaced maiden of a mild and sad countenance; she was a prisoner to
-the other, as I afterwards learnt. I do not know how the young girl
-managed it, but she succeeded in escaping. This woman and the Toqui
-went in search of the young girl, whom they soon brought back across a
-horse, with her head cut. The poor child had fainted; her blood flowed
-in abundance; she was in a pitiable state. I do not know what passed,
-but the woman suddenly changed her manner of acting towards the young
-girl; she dressed her wound, and took the most affectionate care at
-her. After that, Antinahuel and the woman departed, leaving the young
-girl in my hut, with ten mosotones to guard her. One of these mosotones
-told me that the girl belonged to the Toqui, who intended to make her
-his wife."
-
-"Yesterday the paleface squaw was much better, and the mosotones set
-off with her, about three o'clock."
-
-"And the young girl," Trangoil-Lanec asked, "did she say nothing to my
-sister before she departed?"
-
-"Nothing," the woman answered; "the poor child wept; she was unwilling
-to go, but they made her get on horseback by threatening to tie her on."
-
-"Which way did they go?" said Trangoil-Lanec.
-
-"The mosotones talked among themselves of the tribe of the Red Vulture."
-
-"Thanks to my sister," the Ulmen replied; "she may retire, the men are
-going to hold a council."
-
-The woman arose and left the cuarto.
-
-"Now," the chief asked, "what is my brother's intention?"
-
-"Pardieu! we must follow the track of the ravishers."
-
-"Good! that is also my advice; only, two men are not enough to
-accomplish such a project."
-
-"True; but what else are we to do?"
-
-"Not to set out till this evening."
-
-"Why so?"
-
-"Because Curumilla will have rejoined us by that time."
-
-Valentine, knowing that he had several hours to pass in this place,
-resolved to take advantage of the opportunity; he stretched himself
-upon the ground, placed a stone under his head, closed his eyes,
-and fell asleep. Trangoil-Lanec did not sleep, but, with a piece of
-cord which he picked up in a corner of the hut, he measured all the
-footprints left upon the ground of the hut.
-
-After carefully tying the end of the cord to his belt, he, in his turn,
-lay down upon the ground close to Valentine.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XIII.
-
-THE AMBUSCADE
-
-
-Curumilla and his two companions descended the steep sides of the
-Corcovado; if the ascent had been difficult, the descent was not
-less so. Everywhere escaped thousands of hideous creatures; and
-not unfrequently they caught glimpses of snakes, unfolding their
-threatening rings under the dead leaves which on all sides covered the
-ground. Sometimes they were obliged to crawl on their knees, at others
-to jump from branch to branch.
-
-This painful and fatiguing march lasted nearly three hours. At the end
-of that time they found themselves again at the entrance of the grotto
-where they had left their horses. The two white men were literally
-knocked up, particularly the count. As for Curumilla, he was as fresh
-and active as if he had not gone a step. Physical fatigue seems to have
-no hold on the iron organisation of the Indians.
-
-"My brothers require test," he said; "we will remain here for them to
-recover their strength."
-
-A half hour passed away without a word being exchanged. Curumilla had
-disappeared for a time.
-
-When he returned he drew from his belt a small box which he presented
-to the count, saying, "Take this."
-
-"Oh!" cried Don Tadeo, joyfully, "coca!"
-
-"Yes," said the Indian, "my father can take some."
-
-"What is all that to do?" said the count.
-
-"My friend," said Don Tadeo, "America is the promised land; its
-privileged soil produces everything: as we have the herb of Paraguay,
-which is so good a substitute for tea, we have coca, which, I assure
-you, advantageously supplies the place of the betel, and has the
-faculty of restoring the strength and reviving the courage."
-
-"The deuce!" said the young man. "You are too serious, Don Tadeo,
-to leave me for an instant to suppose you wish to impose upon my
-credulity; give me quickly, I beg, some of this precious drug."
-
-Don Tadeo held out to the count the coca he had prepared. The latter
-put it into his mouth without hesitation. Curumilla, after having
-carefully reclosed the box and returned it to his belt, saddled the
-horses. All at once a sharp firing was heard.
-
-"What is all that?" Louis cried, springing up.
-
-"The fight beginning," Curumilla replied coolly.
-
-At that moment the cries became redoubled.
-
-"Come!" said Don Tadeo; "one hour's delay cannot cause any great harm
-to my daughter."
-
-"To horse, then," said the chief.
-
-As they drew nearer, the noise of the fierce fight that was raging in
-the defile became more distinct; they recognised perfectly the war cry
-of the Chilians mixed with the howlings of the Araucanos; now and then
-bullets were flattened against the trees, or whizzed around them.
-
-"Halt!" cried the Ulmen suddenly.
-
-The horsemen checked their horses, which were bathed in sweat.
-Curumilla had conducted his friends to a place which entirely commanded
-the outlet of the defile on the side of Santiago. It was a species of
-natural fortress, composed of blocks of granite, strangely heaped upon
-one another by some convulsion of nature, perhaps an earthquake. These
-rocks, at a distance, bore a striking resemblance to a tower; and their
-total height was about thirty feet. In a word, it was a real fortress,
-from which a siege might be sustained.
-
-"What a fine position," Don Tadeo observed.
-
-They dismounted: Curumilla relieved the horses of their equipments, and
-let them loose in the woods. A slight movement was heard from among the
-leaves, the boughs of the underwood parted, and a man appeared. The
-Ulmen cocked his gun. The man who had so unexpectedly arrived had a
-gun thrown on his back, and he had in his hand a sword, crimson to the
-hilt. He ran on, looking around him on all sides, not like a man who
-is flying, but, on the contrary, as if seeking for somebody. Curumilla
-uttered an exclamation of surprise, quitted his hiding place, and
-advanced towards the newcomer.
-
-"I was seeking my father," he said earnestly.
-
-"Good!" Curumilla replied; "here I am."
-
-"Let my son follow me," said Curumilla, "we cannot stay here."
-
-The two Indians climbed the rocks, at the summit of which Don Tadeo and
-the young count had already arrived.
-
-The two whites were surprised at the presence of the newcomer, who
-was no other than Joan; but the moment was not propitious for asking
-explanations; the four men hastened to erect a parapet. This labour
-completed, they rested for a while.
-
-"When I saw," he said, "that the prisoner had succeeded in escaping, in
-spite of the valiant efforts of the men who escorted him. I thought it
-would be best you should be acquainted with this news, and I plunged
-into the forest, and came in search of you."
-
-"Oh!" said Don Tadeo, "if that man is free, all is lost."
-
-The four men placed themselves, gun in hand, on the edge of the
-platform. The number of the fugitives increased every instant. The
-whole plain, just before so calm and solitary, presented one of the
-most animated spectacles. From time to time men were to be seen
-falling, many of them never to rise again; others, more fortunate,
-who were only wounded, made incredible efforts to rise. A squadron
-of Chilian horsemen came out at a gallop, driving before them the
-Araucanos, who still resisted. In advance of this troop a man mounted
-on a black horse, across the neck of which a fainting woman was
-reclining, was riding with the rapidity of an arrow. He gained ground
-constantly upon the soldiers.
-
-"It is he," cried the Don, "it is the general."
-
-At the same time the count and Curumilla fired. The horse stopped
-short, reared perfectly upright, fought the air with its forefeet,
-appeared to stagger for an instant, and then fell like lead, dragging
-its rider down with it.
-
-The Indians, struck with terror at this unexpected attack, redoubled
-their speed, and fled across the plain.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XIV.
-
-THE FORTRESS.
-
-
-"Quick, quick!" the count cried, springing up, "let us secure the
-general."
-
-"One instant!" said Curumilla, phlegmatically; "the odds are not equal,
-let my brother look."
-
-At the moment a crowd of Indians debouched from the defile. But these
-wore a good countenance. Marching in close older, they withdrew step by
-step, not like cowards who fled, but like warriors proudly abandoning
-a field of battle which they contested no longer, but retreated from
-in good order. As a rearguard a platoon of a hundred men sustained
-this brave retreat. All at once a fusillade broke out with a sinister
-hissing, and some Chilian horsemen appeared, charging at speed.
-
-The Indians, without giving way an inch, received them on the points
-of their long lances. Most of the fugitives scattered over the plain
-had rallied to their companions and faced the enemy. There was during
-a few minutes a hand-to-hand fight, in which our adventurers wished
-to take a part. Four shots were suddenly fired from the temporary
-fortress, the summit of which was covered with a wreath of smoke. The
-two Indian chiefs rolled upon the ground. The Araucanos uttered a loud
-cry of terror and rage, and rushed forward to prevent the carrying off
-of their fallen chiefs. But with the quickness of lightning Antinahuel
-and Black Stag abandoned their horses and sprang up, brandishing their
-weapons, and shouting their war cry.
-
-The Chilians, whose intention was only to drive back their enemies
-out of the defile, retired in good older, and soon disappeared. The
-Araucanos continued their retreat.
-
-General Bustamente had disappeared some time before.
-
-"We can continue our route," said Don Tadeo rising. "You see the plain
-is clear; the Araucanos and the Chilians have retired each their own
-way.
-
-"There are too many eyes concealed there," said Curumilla, pointing to
-the forest.
-
-"You are mistaken, chief," Don Tadeo objected; "the Araucanos have been
-beaten. Why should they persist in remaining here, where they have no
-longer anything to do?"
-
-"My father is not acquainted with the warriors of my nation," Curumilla
-replied; "they never leave enemies behind them, when they have any hope
-of destroying them."
-
-"Which means?" Don Tadeo interrupted.
-
-"That Antinahuel has been wounded, and will not depart without
-vengeance."
-
-Don Tadeo was struck with the just reasoning of the Indian.
-
-"For all that, we cannot remain here," said the young man. "It is
-incontestable that in a few days we shall fall into the hands of these
-demons."
-
-"Yes," said Curumilla.
-
-"Well, I confess," the count continued, "that this prospect is not
-flattering. But I think there exists no position so bad that men cannot
-be extricated from."
-
-"Does my brother know any means?" the Ulmen asked.
-
-"In two hours night will be here. Then, when the Indians have fallen
-asleep, we will depart silently."
-
-"Indians do not sleep," said Curumilla, coolly.
-
-"The devil!" the young man exclaimed; "if it must be so, we will pass
-over their dead bodies."
-
-"I allow," said Don Tadeo, "that this plan does not appear to me
-absolutely hopeless, I think, towards the middle of the night we might
-try to put it into execution."
-
-"Good!" replied Curumilla, "I will act as my brothers please."
-
-Since the departure of Valentine in the morning, the four men had not
-had time to eat, and hunger began to assert its claims, therefore they
-took advantage of the repose the enemy allowed them to satisfy it. The
-repast consisted of nothing but harina tostada soaked in water--rather
-poor food, but which want of better made our adventurers think
-excellent.
-
-They were abundantly furnished with provisions--in fact, by economizing
-them, they had enough for a fortnight; but all the water they possessed
-did not exceed six leather bottles full, therefore it was thirst which
-they had most to dread.
-
-The sun declined rapidly towards the horizon; the sky, by degrees,
-assumed the darkest line; the tops of the distant mountains became lost
-in thick clouds of mist--in short, everything announced that night
-would shortly cover the earth.
-
-A troop composed of fifty Chilian lancers issued from the defile; on
-gaining the plain they diverged slightly to the left, and took the
-route that led to Santiago.
-
-"They are palefaces," said Curumilla, coolly.
-
-These horsemen formed the escort which Don Gregorio had assigned to Don
-Ramon, to accompany him to Santiago. All at once a horrible war cry,
-repeated by the echoes of the Quebradas, resounded close to them, and a
-cloud of Araucanos assailed them on all sides at once.
-
-The Spaniards, taken by surprise, and terrified by the suddenness
-of the attack, offered but a feeble resistance. The Indians pursued
-them inveterately, and soon all were killed or taken. Then, as if by
-enchantment. Indians and Chilians all disappeared, and the plain once
-more became calm and solitary.
-
-"Well," said Curumilla to Don Tadeo, "what does my father think now.
-Have the Indians gone?"
-
-"You are right, chief, I cannot but allow. Alas!" he added, "who will
-save my daughter?"
-
-"I will, please Heaven!" cried the count. "Listen to me. We have
-committed the incredible folly of thrusting ourselves into this
-rathole; we must get out, cost what it may; if Valentine were here his
-inventive genius would find us means, I am convinced. I will bring him
-back with me."
-
-"Yes," said Curumilla, "my paleface brothers are right; our friend is
-indispensable to us: a man shall go, but that man shall he Joan."
-
-With his knife Curumilla cut off a piece of his poncho, about four
-fingers in width, and gave it to Joan, saying--"My son will give this
-to Trangoil-Lanec, that he may know from whom he comes."
-
-"Good!" said Joan; "where shall I find the chief?"
-
-"In the tolderia of San Miguel."
-
-The three men shook hands with him warmly. The Indian bowed, and began
-to descend. By the last glimpses of daylight they saw him creep along
-to the first trees of the mountain of Corcovado; when there, he turned
-round, waved his hand to them, and disappeared in the high grass. A
-gunshot, then, almost immediately followed by a second, resounded in
-the direction taken by their emissary.
-
-"He is dead!" the count cried in despair.
-
-"Perhaps he is!" replied Curumilla, after some hesitation; "but my
-brother may now perceive that we are really surrounded."
-
-"That is true!" Don Tadeo murmured. And he let his head sink down into
-his hands.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XV.
-
-PROPOSALS.
-
-
-Don Tadeo and his companions set to work to fortify themselves. They
-raised a sort of wall, by piling stones upon one another to the height
-of eight feet; and as in that country the dews are very heavy, by means
-of Curumilla's lance, and that of Joan, which he had left behind him,
-they established something like a tent, by stretching upon them two
-ponchos.
-
-These labours occupied the greater part of the night. Towards three
-o'clock in the morning Curumilla approached his two companions, who
-were struggling in vain against the sleep and fatigue that oppressed
-them.
-
-"My brothers can sleep for a few hours," he said.
-
-The two men threw themselves down on the horsecloths and very soon were
-fast asleep. Curumilla now glided down the declivity of the rocks, and
-arrived at the base of the fortress.
-
-The chief took off his poncho, stretched himself on the ground, and
-covered himself with it. This precaution being taken, he took his
-mechero from his belt, and struck the flint without fearing, thanks to
-the means of concealment he had adopted, that the sparks should be seen
-in the darkness. As soon as he had procured a light, he collected some
-dry leaves at the foot of a bush, blew patiently to kindle the fire
-till the smoke had assumed a certain consistency, then crept away as he
-had come, and regained the summit of the rocks. His companions still
-slept.
-
-"Hugh!" he said to himself, with satisfaction, "we need not now be
-afraid that the marksmen will hide in the bushes beneath us."
-
-Shortly a red light gleamed through the darkness, which increased by
-degrees. The flames gained so rapidly that the summit of the mountain
-appeared almost immediately to be on fire.
-
-The object Curumilla had proposed to himself was attained; places which
-an hour before had offered excellent shelter had become completely
-exposed. Don Tadeo and the count, awakened by the cries of the Indians,
-naturally thought an attack was being made, and hastily joined the
-Ulmen.
-
-"Eh!" said Don Tadeo, "who lighted this bonfire?"
-
-"I!" Curumilla replied; "see how the half-roasted bandits are scuttling
-away!"
-
-His two companions took part in his glee.
-
-From want of aliment, the fire was extinguished as rapidly as it had
-been lighted, and the adventurers turned their eyes towards the plain.
-They uttered a simultaneous cry of surprise and alarm. By the first
-rays of the rising sun, and the dying flames of the conflagration, they
-perceived an Indian camp surrounded by a wide ditch.
-
-"Hum!" said the count, "I do not see how we shall extricate ourselves."
-
-"Look there!" Don Tadeo exclaimed, "it seems as if they wanted to
-demand a parley. Let us hear what they have to say."
-
-Several men had left the camp, and these men were unarmed. One of them,
-with his right hand, waved over his head one of those starred flags
-which serve the Araucanos as standards.
-
-"Let one of you come down," a voice shouted, which Don Tadeo recognised
-as that of General Bustamente, "in order that we may lay before you our
-conditions."
-
-"If one of us descends," said the count, "will he be at liberty to
-rejoin his companions if your proposals are not accepted?"
-
-"Yes," the general replied, "on the honour of a soldier."
-
-"I will come," the young man cried.
-
-He then laid down his arms, and with the activity of a chamois, leaped
-from rock to rock and at the end of five minutes found himself face to
-face with the leaders of the enemy. They were four: Antinahuel, Black
-Stag, Bustamente and another. The general and Antinahuel had wounds in
-the head and the breast, while Black Stag wore his arm in a sling.
-
-"Caballero," said Don Pancho, with a half smile, "the sun is very hot
-here; are you willing to follow us to the camp? You have nothing to
-fear."
-
-"Senor," the young man replied, haughtily, "I fear nothing--my actions
-might satisfy you of that. I will follow."
-
-"If you are afraid, senor," said the general, "you can return."
-
-"General," retorted the young man, haughtily. "I have your word of
-honour, besides which there is one thing you are ignorant of."
-
-"What is that, senor?"
-
-"That I am a Frenchman, general."
-
-"Your hand, senor," he said; "you are a brave young man, and it will
-not be my fault, I swear to you, if you do not go back satisfied."
-
-The five personages now proceeded silently for several minutes through
-the camp, till they came to a tent much larger than the rest, where
-a number of long lances tied together, with scarlet pennons at their
-points, stuck in the ground, denoted that it was the hut of a chief.
-Buffalo skulls, lying here and there, served as seats. In one corner,
-upon a heap of dry leaves, reclined a woman, with her head enveloped
-in bandages. This was the Linda. She appeared to be sleeping. On the
-entrance of the party, however, a flash of her wild-looking eye gleamed
-through the darkness of the hut.
-
-Everyone seated himself, as well as he could, upon a skull. When all
-were placed, the general said, in a short, clear manner--
-
-"Now, then, senor, let us know upon what conditions you will agree to
-surrender?"
-
-"Your pardon, senor," the young man answered; "we do not agree to
-surrender on any conditions whatever. It is you who have proposals to
-make."
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XVI.
-
-THE MESSENGER.
-
-
-Joan remained a short time, crouched in the high grass, reflecting.
-Presently he began to run. Satisfied that he was alone, he unrolled
-his lasso, pulled out the running noose, and fastened it to the end of
-a bush. Upon this bush he tied his hat so that it could not fall; he
-then retreated with great caution, unrolling his lasso as he went. When
-he had gained the extremity of the lasso, he drew it gently, by little
-pulls, towards him, giving a slight oscillating movement to the bush.
-
-This movement was perceived by the sentinels; they sprang towards the
-bush, saw the hat, and fired. In the meantime, Joan scampered away,
-with the swiftness of a guanaco.
-
-He arrived within sight of San Miguel at three o'clock in the morning.
-When he entered the tolderia, shadow and silence prevailed on all
-sides; the inhabitants were asleep, a few dogs were baying the moon; he
-did not know how to find the men he was in search of, when the door of
-a hut opened, and two men, followed by an enormous Newfoundland dog,
-appeared upon the road.
-
-Joan remembered having seen at Valdivia, with the Frenchmen, a dog like
-the one that had given him so formidable a welcome; and, being a man of
-prompt resolution, he formed his without hesitation, and cried with a
-loud voice--
-
-"Are you the Muruche, the friend of Curumilla?"
-
-"Curumilla!" Trangoil-Lanec exclaimed, as he drew nearer; "if he sends
-you to us, you must have something to report to us?"
-
-"Are you the persons I seek?" Joan asked.
-
-"Yes, but in the hut, and by the light of a candle, we shall recognise
-each other better than here."
-
-The three men entered the hut, followed by the dog. Without losing
-time, Trangoil-Lanec took out his mechero, struck a light, and lit a
-candle.
-
-"Good!" he said, "it is he whom Curumilla once sent to Valdivia."
-
-"Yes," Joan replied.
-
-Joan pressed that loyal hand, Trangoil-Lanec turned towards Joan,
-saying--
-
-"I expected last night, at sunset, the arrival of Curumilla and two
-friends."
-
-Joan bowed respectfully, and drew from his belt the piece of stuff
-which Curumilla had sent.
-
-"A piece of Curumilla's poncho!" Trangoil-Lanec exclaimed violently.
-"Of what terrible news are you the bearer?"
-
-"The news I bring is bad; nevertheless, at the time I left them,
-Curumilla and his companions were in safety, and unwounded."
-
-"Curumilla cut this piece off his poncho, saying, as he gave it to me,
-'Go and find my brothers, show them this stuff, then they will believe
-you.' I set out, I have travelled twelve leagues since sunset, and here
-I am."
-
-Joan then made the recital they required of him, to which Valentine and
-the Ulmen listened with the greatest attention.
-
-What was to be done? These three indomitable men found themselves
-opposed by an impossibility, which rose implacable and terrible before
-them. Valentine was the first to decide.
-
-"Good Heavens!" he exclaimed, "since we have nothing left but to die
-with our friends, let us hasten to join them."
-
-"Come, then," the two Indians replied. They left the hut just as the
-sun was rising.
-
-The two men leaned into their saddles. Then commenced a desperate
-journey. It lasted six hours, then in sight of Corcovado.
-
-"Here we must dismount," said Joan.
-
-The horses were abandoned, and the three companions began to climb the
-mountain.
-
-"Wait here for me," said Joan; "I will see how the land lies after a
-while."
-
-His companions threw themselves on the ground, and he crept away.
-Instead of ascending higher, the Indian soon disappeared behind one
-of the numerous masses of granite. His absence was so long, that his
-friends were preparing to resume their march, at whatever risk, when
-they saw him come running quickly.
-
-"Well, what is going on?" Valentine asked. "What makes you have such a
-joyful countenance?"
-
-"Curumilla," Joan replied, "has burnt the forest behind the rocks."
-
-"What good advantage can that conflagration procure us?"
-
-"An immense one. The warriors of Antinahuel were concealed among the
-bushes and beneath the trees; they have been forced to retire."
-
-"Come on, then," cried Valentine.
-
-"Let us be gone," said Valentine, "it will be hard if, with the
-assistance of these three resolute men, I cannot save my poor Louis."
-
-Followed by his dog Caesar, who looked at him, wagging his tail, he
-followed Trangoil-Lanec, who trod in the steps of Joan. In twenty
-minutes they found themselves at the foot of the rocks, from which Don
-Tadeo and Curumilla made them joyous signals of welcome.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XVII.
-
-IN THE WOLF'S MOUTH.
-
-
-We are compelled to interrupt our recital here to relate the various
-incidents that took place in the camp of the Aucas, after the battle
-with the Spaniards.
-
-The men placed in ambush at the top of the rocks had made them suffer
-serious losses. The principal leader, who had escaped safe and sound
-from the desperate fight of the morning, had been grievously wounded,
-struck by invisible hands. General Bustamente, thrown from his horse,
-had received a bullet, which, fortunately for him, had inflicted only a
-flesh wound. Don Pancho was carried fainting off the field of battle,
-and concealed in the woods, as was the Linda.
-
-"What line of conduct will my brother pursue?" the general asked.
-
-"The Great Eagle has my word," the chief replied, with an ambiguous
-look; "let him keep his word."
-
-"I have no double tongue," the general said; "let me regain my power,
-and I will restore to the people the territory which once belonged to
-them."
-
-"In that case, let my father command," replied Antinahuel.
-
-A proud smile curled the lips of the general; he perceived all was not
-lost.
-
-"Where are we?" he asked.
-
-"In ambush In front of the palefaces who so roughly saluted us an hour
-ago."
-
-"And what is my brother's intention?"
-
-"To capture them somehow," Antinahuel replied.
-
-After speaking these words, he bowed to the general and retired. Don
-Pancho remained plunged in serious reflection.
-
-He turned round with surprise, and with difficulty repressed a cry of
-horror--it was Dona Maria, her clothes torn and stained with blood and
-dirt, and her face enveloped in bandages and bloody linen.
-
-"I appear horrible to you, Don Pancho," she said, in a low voice.
-
-"Senora;" the general began, warmly; but she interrupted him.
-
-"Do not debase yourself by a lie unworthy of you and of me."
-
-"Senora, I beg you to believe----"
-
-"You no longer love me, I tell you, Don Pancho," she replied, bitterly;
-"besides, have I not sacrificed everything to you? I had nothing left
-but my beauty--I gave you that, joyfully."
-
-"I will not reply to the disguised recriminations you address to me."
-
-"Oh, a truce with these trivialities," she interrupted violently. "If
-love can no longer unite us, hatred can, we have the same enemy."
-
-"Don Tadeo de Leon," he said angrily.
-
-"Yes--Don Tadeo de Leon."
-
-"Ah! I am free now!" he shouted in a furious tone.
-
-"Thanks to me," she said pointedly.
-
-"Yes," he replied, "that is true."
-
-"Such are women. You are aware of the ability and cool bravery of your
-enemy; if you give him time, in a few days he will become a colossus."
-
-"Yes," he murmured, as if speaking to himself, "I know it, I feel it."
-
-"Hark!" she said, leaning her head forward, "do you hear that noise?"
-
-There was a great commotion in the wood; it was the escort of Don Ramon
-being surrounded.
-
-Antinahuel shortly appeared, leading in Don Ramon Sandias. On
-perceiving the Linda he gave a start of terror.
-
-"Miserable scoundrel!" cried the general.
-
-"Hold!" said the Linda.
-
-"What! do _you_ defend this man?" the astonished general exclaimed.
-"The accomplice of Cornejo, it was he who inflicted upon you that
-frightful wound."
-
-"Oh! I know all that," the Linda replied with a smile; "but I forget
-and forgive Don Ramon Sandias."
-
-"Very well," he said, "since you desire it, Dona Maria; I pardon as you
-do."
-
-The senator could not believe his ears; but, at all hazards, he seized
-the extended hand, and shook it with all his might, Antinahuel smiled
-contemptuously.
-
-"If this is the case," he said, "I will leave you together; it is
-useless to bind the prisoner."
-
-
-"Oh! my dear benefactors!" exclaimed Don Ramon, rushing towards them.
-
-"Stop a bit, caballero!" cried Don Pancho; "we must now have a little
-talk together."
-
-At which words the senator stopped in confusion.
-
-"You are aware, are you not, that you are perfectly in our power!" said
-the Linda.
-
-"Now," the general added, "answer categorically the questions which
-will be put to you."
-
-"How came you here?"
-
-"I have just been surprised by the Indians."
-
-"Where were you going?"
-
-"To Santiago."
-
-"Alone?"
-
-"Oh, Lord! no; I had an escort of fifty horsemen."
-
-"What were you going to do at Santiago?"
-
-"Alas! I am tired of politics: my intention was to retire to my quinta
-in the bosom of my family."
-
-"Had you no other object?" the general asked.
-
-"I was only charged with a despatch; here it is."
-
-The general seized it, broke the seal, and rapidly read its contents.
-
-"Bah!" he said, crushing the paper, "there is not even common sense in
-this despatch."
-
-Dona Maria put an end to this by saying--
-
-"Go to Antinahuel, Don Pancho; he must demand an interview with the
-adventurers who are perched like owls at the summit of the rocks."
-
-"I will, as you desire it so earnestly."
-
-The general succeeded; when he rejoined the Linda, she was terminating
-her conversation with the senator, by saying to him in a sardonic
-voice--
-
-"Manage it as well as you are able, my dear senor; if you fail, I will
-give you up to the Indians."
-
-"Hum!" said the terrified senator; "and if they learn it is I who have
-done that, what will happen?"
-
-"You will be burnt."
-
-"Demonios! the prospect is not an agreeable one."
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XVIII.
-
-THE CAPITULATION.
-
-
-Let us return to the hut of council, into which the count had been
-introduced by the general. Don Bustamente had too much personal courage
-not to like and appreciate that quality in another. Bowing he said,
-"Your observation is perfectly just, senor----"
-
-"Count de Prebois-Crance;" the Frenchman finished the sentence with a
-bow.
-
-"Before any other question," said Don Pancho, "permit me, count, to
-ask you how you have become personally mixed up with the men we are
-besieging?"
-
-"In the simplest way possible, senor," Louis replied, with an arch
-smile, "I am travelling with some friends and servants; yesterday the
-noise of a battle reached our ears; I naturally inquired what was going
-on; after this, several Spanish soldiers, running away along the crest
-or the mountains, intrenched themselves on the rock where I had myself
-sought refuge. The battle begun in the defile was continued on the
-plain; the soldiers, listening to nothing but their courage, fired upon
-their enemy."
-
-The general and the senator knew perfectly what degree of faith to
-place in the veracity of this narration, in which, nevertheless, as men
-of the world, they had the appearance of placing the utmost alliance.
-
-"So then, count," the general replied, "you are head of the garrison?"
-
-"Yes, senor--"
-
-"General Don Pancho Bustamente."
-
-"And is this garrison numerous?" he resumed.
-
-"Hum! tolerably so."
-
-"Some thirty men, perhaps?" said the general, with an insinuating smile.
-
-"Thereabouts," the count replied, without hesitation.
-
-The general rose.
-
-"What, count," he exclaimed, with feigned anger, "do you pretend, with
-thirty men, to resist the five hundred Araucano warriors who surround
-you?"
-
-"Any why not?" the young man replied coolly.
-
-"Why, it is madness!" the general replied.
-
-"Not at all, senor, it is courage."
-
-The general knitted his brow, for the interview was taking a direction
-not at all agreeable to him: he resumed, "these are my conditions; you,
-count, and all the Frenchmen that accompany you, shall free to retire;
-but Chilians and Aucas, whoever may be found among your troop, shall be
-immediately given up."
-
-The count's brow became clouded; he, however, bowed to all present with
-great courtesy, but then walked resolutely straight out of the hut.
-
-"Where are you going, senor?" the general said, "and why do you leave
-us thus suddenly?"
-
-"Senor," the count remarked, "after such a proposal reply is useless."
-
-Whilst speaking thus the count kept walking on, and the five persons
-had left the camp, in some sort without perceiving it, and found
-themselves at a very short distance from the improvised citadel.
-
-"Stay, senor," the general observed; "before refusing, you ought, at
-least, to warn your companions."
-
-"You are right, general," said the count.
-
-He took out his pocketbook, wrote a few words on one of the leaves,
-tore it out, and folded it.
-
-"You shall be satisfied on the spot," he added. "Throw down a lasso!"
-he cried, with a loud voice.
-
-Almost immediately a long leathern cord passed through one of the
-crevices, and came floating to within a foot of the ground. The count
-took a stone, enveloped it in the sheet of paper, and tied the whole to
-the end of the lasso, which was quickly drawn up.
-
-"You will soon have an answer," he said.
-
-All at once the moveable fortifications heaped upon the rock
-disappeared at if by enchantment, and the platform appeared covered
-with Chilian soldiers armed with muskets; a little in advance of them
-stood Valentine and his dog Caesar.
-
-"Count!" Valentine cried, in a voice that sounded like a trumpet,
-"in the name of your companions, you have very properly rejected
-the shameful proposals made to you; we are here a hundred and fifty
-resolute men, resolved to perish rather than accept them."
-
-"That is understood," he cried to Valentine; then addressing the
-chief--"You see," he said, "my companions are of my opinion."
-
-"What does my brother wish then?" Antinahuel demanded.
-
-"Pardieu! simply to go away," the young man replied.
-
-Antinahuel, Black Stag, and the general consulted for a moment; then
-Antinahuel said--"We agree to your terms; my young paleface brother is
-a great heart."
-
-"That is well," the count replied; "you are a brave warrior, chief, and
-I thank you; but I have still one favour to ask you."
-
-"Let my brother explain; if I can grant it I will," Antinahuel observed.
-
-"Well!" the young man replied; "you yesterday took many prisoners--give
-them up to me."
-
-"Those prisoners are free," the Toqui said with a forced smile; "they
-have already rejoined their brothers."
-
-Louis now understood whence the unexpected increase of the garrison had
-come.
-
-"I have nothing more to do, then, but to retire," he continued.
-
-"Oh! your pardon! your pardon!" the senator exclaimed, "I was one of
-the prisoners!"
-
-"That is true," Don Pancho observed; "what does my brother say?"
-
-"Oh! let the man go," Antinahuel replied.
-
-Don Ramon did not require this to be repeated; he followed the count
-closely. Louis bowed courteously to the chiefs, and regained the summit
-of the rock, where his companions awaited him with great anxiety.
-
-A few hours later the gorge had fallen back again into its customary
-solitude, which was alone troubled at intervals by the flight of
-condors, or the terrified course of guanacos.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XIX.
-
-THE APPEAL.
-
-
-The Araucanos had faithfully observed the conditions of the treaty;
-and the Chilians quietly retired, without perceiving a single enemy's
-scout. They took the road to Valdivia. But it was night; the darkness
-which enveloped the earth confounded all objects, and rendered the
-march exceedingly painful. The tired horses advanced with difficulty,
-stumbling at every step. Valentine dreaded with reason, losing his way
-in the darkness; when they arrived, therefore, on the bank of a river,
-which he recognised as that which, a few days before, had been the spot
-where the treaties had been renewed, he halted and encamped for the
-night. Everyone rummaging in his alforjas, a species of large pockets,
-drew forth the charqui and harina tostada which were to comprise his
-supper. The repasts of men fatigued with a long journey are short, for
-sleep is their principal want. An hour later, with the exception of the
-sentinels, who watched over the common safety, all the soldiers were
-sleeping soundly. Seven men alone, seated round an immense fire, in the
-centre of the camp, were talking and smoking.
-
-"My friends," said Valentine, taking his cigar from his mouth, "we are
-not far, I think, from Valdivia."
-
-"Scarcely ten leagues," Joan replied.
-
-"I believe, with deference to better advice," Valentine continued,
-"that we shall do best before we take that rest of which we stand so
-much in need, to examine our position."
-
-All bowed in sign of assent.
-
-"What occasion is there for discussion, my friend?" said Don Tadeo
-warmly; "tomorrow, at daybreak, we will proceed toward the mountains,
-leaving the soldiers to continue their march to Valdivia, under the
-conduct of Don Ramon."
-
-"That is the best plan," said the senator: "we are all well armed;
-the few leagues before us present no appearance of serious danger:
-tomorrow, at daybreak, we will separate."
-
-"Now then, I will ask our Araucano friends," Valentine went on, "if
-they still intend to follow us?"
-
-"It is now a long time since my brothers quitted their village; they
-may have a desire to see their wives and children again."
-
-"My brother has spoken well," said Trangoil-Lanec: "his is a loyal
-heart; when he speaks his heart is always on his lips, so that his
-voice comes to my ear like the melodious song of the maukawis. I am
-happy when I listen to him. Trangoil-Lanec is one of the chiefs of his
-nation. Antinahuel is not his friend! Trangoil-Lanec will follow his
-paleface friend wherever he may go."
-
-"Thanks, chief; I was sure of your answer."
-
-"Good!" said Curumilla, "my brother will say no more upon the subject."
-
-"Faith, not I!" Valentine answered gaily; "I am but too happy to have
-terminated the affair."
-
-Here Caesar, who had been crouching comfortably near the fire, began to
-bark furiously.
-
-"Hello!" said Valentine, "what is going to happen now?"
-
-Everyone listened anxiously, whilst seeking his arms instinctively.
-
-"To arms!" Valentine commanded in a low voice; "We know not with whom
-we may have to do, it is as well to be on our guard."
-
-In a few minutes all the camp was roused. The noise drew nearer and
-nearer.
-
-"Quien vive?" the sentinel cried.
-
-"Chile!" replied a powerful voice.
-
-"Que gente?" went on the soldier.
-
-"Gente de paz," said the voice, and immediately added, "Don Gregorio
-Peralta."
-
-"Come on! come on!" cried Valentine.
-
-"Caspita! caballeros," Don Gregorio replied warmly, shaking the hands
-that were on all sides held out to him--"what a fortunate chance."
-
-With Don Gregorio thirty horsemen entered the camp.
-
-"What do you mean by 'quickly?'" Don Tadeo asked. "Were you in search
-of us, my friend?"
-
-"Caray! It was expressly to find you that I left Valdivia a few hours
-ago."
-
-"I do not understand you," said Don Tadeo.
-
-Don Gregorio did not appear to notice him, but, making a sign to the
-two Frenchmen and Don Tadeo to follow him, he retired a few paces.
-
-"You have asked me why I sought you, Don Tadeo;" he continued,
-"Yesterday I set out, sent to you by our brothers, the patriots, and by
-all the Dark Hearts of Chili, of whom you are the leader and the king,
-with the mission to repeat this to you when I met with you: 'King of
-Darkness, our country is in danger! One man alone can save it; that man
-is yourself."
-
-Don Tadeo made no reply; he seemed a prey to a poignant grief.
-
-"Listen to the news I bring you," Don Gregorio continued. "General
-Bustamente has escaped!"
-
-"I knew he had," he murmured faintly.
-
-"Yes; but what you do not know is, that the scoundrel has succeeded in
-winning the Araucanos to his interests."
-
-"This news----" objected Don Tadeo.
-
-"Is certain," Don Gregorio interrupted warmly; "a faithful spy has
-brought it to us."
-
-"You know, my friend, I resigned all power into your hands."
-
-"When you resigned the power into my hands, Don Tadeo, the enemy
-was conquered and a prisoner--the liberty was victorious: but now
-everything is changed. The peril is greater than ever."
-
-"My friend," Don Tadeo replied, with an accent of profound sadness,
-"another voice calls me likewise."
-
-"Public safety is superior to family affections! Remember your oath!"
-said Don Gregorio sternly.
-
-"But my daughter!--my poor child!--the only comfort I possess!" he
-exclaimed.
-
-"Remember your oath, King of Darkness!" Don Gregorio repeated with the
-same solemnity of voice.
-
-"Oh!" the unhappy father exclaimed, "will you not have pity on a
-parent?"
-
-"It is well," Don Gregorio replied with asperity. "I will go back, Don
-Tadeo. For ten years we have sacrificed everything for the cause you
-now betray; we know how to die for that liberty which you abandon!
-Farewell, Don Tadeo! The Chilian people will succumb, but you will
-recover your daughter. Farewell! I know you no longer!"
-
-"Oh, stop! stop!" Don Tadeo cried, "Retract those frightful words! I
-will die with you! Let us be gone!--Let us be gone! My daughter!" he
-added--"pardon me!"
-
-"Oh! I have found my brother again!" Don Gregorio exclaimed. "No! with
-such a champion liberty can never perish!"
-
-"Don Tadeo," Valentine cried, "go where duty calls you; I swear to you
-by my God that we will restore your daughter to you!
-
-"Yes." said the count, pressing his hand, "if we perish in the attempt!"
-
-Don Gregorio was not willing to pass the night in the camp. Every
-horseman took a foot soldier behind him, and set off, as fast as their
-horses could bear their double load, on their way to Valdivia.
-
-The troop of Chilians soon disappeared, and there remained in the camp
-only Valentine, the count, Curumilla, Joan, and Trangoil-Lanec.
-
-The five adventurers wrapped themselves in their ponchos, lay down with
-their feet to the fire, and went to sleep under the guardianship of
-Caesar.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XX.
-
-THE COUNCIL.
-
-
-About midnight the storm broke out, but towards morning the hurricane
-became a little calmer, and the sun on rising, quite dispersed it. It
-was then that the five adventurers were able to discover the disasters
-produced by the tempest; some trees were broken and twisted like
-straws, while others, uprooted by the blast, lay with their roots
-in the air. The prairie was one vast marsh. The river, generally so
-calm, so limpid, so inoffensive, had invaded everything, rolling
-muddy waters, laying flat grass and plants, and digging deep ravines.
-Valentine congratulated himself on having in the evening established
-his camp upon the declivity of the mountain instead of descending into
-the plain, swallowed up by the furious waters.
-
-The first care of the travellers was to rekindle their fire.
-Trangoil-Lanec looked about for a large flat stone. Upon this stone
-he laid a bed of leaves, with which the fire was at length lighted.
-Upon the damp earth it would have been impossible to obtain any. Soon
-a column of clear flame ascended towards the heavens, and revived the
-courage of the travellers. When breakfast was ended, gaiety returned,
-the sufferings or the night were forgotten, and the five men only
-thought of past miseries as an encouragement to support patiently those
-which still awaited them. Valentine began--
-
-"We were wrong last night," he said, "to let Don Tadeo leave us."
-
-"Why so?" Louis asked.
-
-"Good Heavens! we were at that moment under the effects of a terrible
-impression, and did not reflect on one thing which has just occurred to
-me."
-
-"And what is that?"
-
-"This: as soon as Don Tadeo has accomplished the duties of a good
-citizen, it is evident to all of us that he will resign immediately a
-power he has accepted quite against his will."
-
-"That is evident enough."
-
-"What, then, will be his most anxious desire?"
-
-"To set off in search of his daughter," said Louis.
-
-"Or to join us."
-
-"That is all the same thing."
-
-"Granted; but there an impassable obstacle will rise."
-
-"And what can that be?"
-
-"The want of a guide to conduct him to us."
-
-"That is true," the four men exclaimed.
-
-"What is to be done?" Louis asked.
-
-"Fortunately," Valentine continued, "it is not yet too late. Don Tadeo
-requires to have with him a man entirely devoted to him, perfectly
-acquainted with the country we propose to search, who could follow us
-on our track."
-
-"Yes," said Trangoil-Lanec.
-
-"Well," Valentine resumed, "that man is Joan."
-
-"That is true," the Indian observed, "I will be his guide."
-
-"Joan will leave us, I will give him a letter which Louis will write,
-and in which I will inform Don Tadeo of the mission with which our
-friend is charged."
-
-"Good," said Curumilla, "our friend thinks of everything; let Louis
-write the letter."
-
-"Well," cried Valentine, "now I think of it, it is all the better that
-this idea did not occur to me before."
-
-"Why so?" said Louis in astonishment.
-
-"Because poor Don Tadeo will be so happy to hear from us."
-
-"That is true," said the count.
-
-"Is it not? Well then, write the note, brother."
-
-The count did not require to be told twice, but set to work
-immediately, Joan on his side.
-
-"Brother," Valentine said to him on giving him the note, which the
-Indian concealed under the ribbon which bound his hair, "I have no
-instructions to give you; you are an experienced warrior."
-
-"Has my brother nothing to say to me?" Joan replied, with a smile. "I
-leave my heart with you; I shall know where to find it again."
-
-He bowed to his friends; then the brave Indian departed rapidly,
-bounding like a guanaco through the high grass.
-
-"Brave fellow!" Valentine exclaimed, as he re-seated himself before the
-fire.
-
-"He is a warrior," Trangoil-Lanec said proudly.
-
-"Now, chief," continued the spahi, "suppose we have a little chat."
-
-"I listen to my brother."
-
-"Well, I will explain myself; the task we have undertaken is a
-difficult one! I would even add, it is impossible, if we had not you
-with us; Louis and I, notwithstanding our courage, would be obliged to
-renounce it; for in this country, the eyes of the white man, however
-good they may be, are powerless to direct him."
-
-Trangoil-Lanec reflected for a few minutes, and then replied--
-
-"My brother has spoken well; yes, the route is long and bristling with
-perils, but let my pale brothers leave it to us; brought up in the
-desert, it has no mysteries for us."
-
-"That is exactly what I mean, chief," said Valentine; "as to us, we
-have only to obey."
-
-"This point agreed upon," the count observed, "there is another not
-less important."
-
-"What is that point, brother?" Valentine asked.
-
-"That of knowing which way we are to direct our course, and when we
-shall set off."
-
-"Immediately," Trangoil-Lanec replied; "only we ought to adopt a line
-from which we will not deviate."
-
-"That is reasoning like a prudent man, chief; submit your observations
-to us."
-
-"I think," said Trangoil-Lanec, "that to recover the track of the pale
-blue-eyed maiden, we must return to San Miguel."
-
-"That is my opinion," said Valentine; "I cannot, indeed, see how we can
-do otherwise."
-
-Curumilla shook his head dissentingly.
-
-"No," he said, "that track would mislead us."
-
-The two Frenchmen looked at him with astonishment, whilst
-Trangoil-Lanec continued smoking.
-
-"I do not comprehend you, chief," said Valentine.
-
-"Let my brothers listen," exclaimed Curumilla. "Antinahuel is a
-powerful and formidable chief; he is the greatest of the Araucano
-warriors. He has declared war against the palefaces; this war he will
-carry on cruelly, because he has with him a Huincas man and woman,
-who, for their own purposes, will urge him to invade their country.
-Antinahuel will assemble his warriors, but he will not return to his
-village. The blue-eyed maiden was carried off by the woman with a
-viper's heart, in order to induce the chief to enter upon this war. In
-order to discover the track of the female puma, the hunters follow that
-of the male; to find the track of the maiden, we must follow that of
-Antinahuel."
-
-He ceased, reclined his head upon his breast, and waited.
-
-"In good truth," said the count, "the reasons the chief has given seem
-good."
-
-"Yes," Valentine added, "I believe that my brother Curumilla has hit
-the mark. It is evident that Antinahuel loves Dona Rosario, and that it
-was for the purpose of giving her up to him that that hideous creature
-had the poor girl carried off. What do you think, Trangoil-Lanec?"
-
-"Curumilla is one of the most prudent Ulmens of his nation; he has the
-courage of the jaguar and the cunning of the fox. He alone has judged
-properly."
-
-"Let us then follow the track of Antinahuel," said Valentine gaily.
-"That will not be difficult."
-
-Trangoil-Lanec shook his head.
-
-"My brother is mistaken; we will follow the track of Antinahuel, but we
-will do so after the Indian fashion."
-
-"That is to say?"
-
-"In the air."
-
-"Pardieu!" Valentine said, stupefied.
-
-The chief could not help smiling.
-
-"If we were to blindly follow the track of the Toqui," he said, "as he
-has two days in advance of us, and he is on horseback, and we on foot."
-
-"Caramba!" said the young man, "that is true. I did not think of that.
-How can we procure horses?"
-
-"We do not require any in the mountains; we travel more quickly on
-foot. We will cut the track in a straight line; every time we fall in
-with it we will carefully note its direction, and we will continue
-acting thus till we feel certain of finding that of the pale maiden."
-
-"Yes," Valentine replied; "your plan is ingenious; you are certain not
-to lose your way or your time."
-
-"Let my brother be satisfied on those points."
-
-"Tell me, travelling thus, as the bird flies, when do you think we are
-likely to overtake the man?"
-
-"By the evening of the day after tomorrow."
-
-"What! so quickly as that? It is incredible!"
-
-"My brother will reflect; whilst our enemy will travel four leagues
-across the plain, by following the road we are about to take, we shall
-travel eight on the mountains."
-
-"Pardieu! we must apply to you to know how to overcome distance. Act
-exactly as you think best, chief."
-
-"Shall we start at once, then?" Valentine asked.
-
-"Not yet," replied the Ulmen; "everything is a guide in the desert; if
-it should happen that we who pursue, should, in our turn, be pursued,
-your boots would betray us. Take them off, and the Araucano warriors
-will be blind."
-
-Without making a reply, Valentine took off his boots, and took
-moccasins.
-
-"Now," said the Parisian, laughing, "I suppose I may as well throw the
-boots into the river."
-
-"By no means, my brother!" Trangoil-Lanec replied seriously; "the boots
-must be taken care of."
-
-The two young men had each a leathern knapsack, which they carried on
-their shoulders, and containing their absolute necessaries. Without a
-word, they fastened the boots to the knapsack, and buckled it on their
-shoulders. Curumilla had soon finished his job, and he gave each of
-them a pair of moccasins, exactly like his own, which he tied on for
-them.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XXI.
-
-DIAMOND CUT DIAMOND.
-
-
-As soon as the Chilians had evacuated the rock, Antinahuel turned with
-an air of ill-humour towards General Bustamente.
-
-"I have done as my brother desired," he said; "what more does he wish?"
-
-"Nothing at present, chief, unless you, on your part, consent also to
-depart."
-
-"My brother is right; we are no longer of any use."
-
-"Absolutely none; but since, henceforward, we are free to act as we
-please, if agreeable to my brother we will go to the council lodge."
-
-"Good!" the Toqui replied, following with a malevolent glance the last
-ranks of the Chilian soldiers.
-
-The general placed his hand resolutely on his shoulder, at which the
-Toqui turned sharply round.
-
-"What does the white chief want?" he asked.
-
-"To tell you this, chief," the general replied, coolly; "of what
-consequence are thirty men, when you can immolate thousands? What
-you have done today is the height of policy. By sending away these
-soldiers, you appear to accept your defeat, and renounce, as feeling
-yourself too weak, all hopes of vengeance."
-
-The brow of the chief expanded, and his look became less savage.
-
-"Yes," he murmured, as if speaking to himself, "there is truth in what
-my brother says; in war we must often abandon a hen to obtain a horse
-afterwards. Let us go to the council lodge."
-
-Antinahuel and the general, followed by Black Stag, returned to the
-toldo.
-
-"That young man who presented himself here possesses a great heart,"
-Antinahuel said, looking at Don Pancho; "my brother, doubtless knows
-him?"
-
-"On my word no," the general remarked; "I saw him this morning for the
-first time; he is one of those vagabonds from Europe who come to rob us
-of our wealth."
-
-"No; that young man is a chief."
-
-"Hum I you seem interested about him."
-
-"Yes; as we are naturally interested in a brave man. I should be happy
-to meet him again."
-
-"Unfortunately," the general said, "that is not very probable."
-
-"Who knows?" the chief observed in a pensive tone, "but let my brother
-listen; a Toqui is going to speak."
-
-"I listen," the general replied.
-
-"Whilst that young man was here," Antinahuel resumed impassively, "I
-examined him attentively; when he did not think my brother was looking
-at him, he cast strange glances at him."
-
-"I do not know him, I tell you, chief," the general replied; "and
-suppose he should be my enemy?"
-
-"An enemy should never be despised," said Antinahuel; "the meanest
-are often the most dangerous. But let us return to the subject of our
-meeting: what are my brother's present intentions?"
-
-"Listen to me in your turn, chief; we are henceforward bound to each
-other by our common interests. I am convinced that if we mutually aid
-each other, and support each other frankly and loyally, we shall obtain
-magnificent results."
-
-"Good! my brother will explain his views."
-
-"I will not beat about the bush; this is the treaty I propose to you:
-help me frankly in recovering the power I have lost--give me the means
-of avenging myself on my enemies, and I will abandon to you for ever,
-in full proprietorship, not only the entire province of Valdivia, but,
-still further, that of Concepcion as far as Talca."
-
-At this magnificent offer the countenance of Antinahuel did not betray
-the least trace of emotion.
-
-"My brother," said he; "gives what is not his."
-
-"That is true," the general replied, curtly; "but I shall have it if
-you assist me, and without me you will never have it."
-
-The chief slightly knitted his brow; the general feigned not to
-perceive it, but continued--
-
-"It is for you to take it or leave it, chief; time passes."
-
-The matter being put to him so shortly, the Toqui reflected a minute,
-then turned towards the general.
-
-"Who will guarantee the execution of my brother's promise?" he said,
-looking him full in the face.
-
-"Let my brother name what guarantee he demands," said the general.
-
-"A smile of undefinable expression curled Antinahuels lips. He made a
-sign to Black Stag, who rose and left the tent."
-
-"Let my brother wait a moment," said the Toqui.
-
-The general bowed without replying. At the end of a few minutes Black
-Stag returned, followed by an Araucano warrior bearing a kind of
-rickety table, hastily knocked together, of badly-jointed pieces of
-wood. Upon this table the Toqui silently placed paper, pens, and ink.
-
-"The palefaces," he said, "possess much learning; they know more than
-we poor ignorant Indians do; my brother knows that. I have been among
-the whites, and have seen many of their customs; let my brother take
-this pen, and let him repeat to me there," he added, "what he has just
-said to me; then, as I shall keep his words, the wind will not be able
-to carry them away."
-
-The general seized the pen, and dipped it in the ink.
-
-"Since my brother mistrusts my words," he said, in a tone of pique, "I
-am ready to do what he desires."
-
-"My brother has ill-understood my words," Antinahuel replied, "I have
-the greatest confidence in him, I in no way mean to offend him; only I
-represent my nation."
-
-Don Pancho saw there remained no subterfuge by which he could escape.
-Turning towards Antinahuel, therefore, he said with a smile--
-
-"So be it! My brother is right; I will do what he desires."
-
-The Toqui bowed gravely, the general placed the paper before him, wrote
-a few lines rapidly, and signed them.
-
-"There, chief," he said, presenting the paper to Antinahuel; "that is
-what you require."
-
-"Good!" the latter replied, taking it.
-
-He turned it this way and he turned it that, as if to make out what the
-general had written; but as may be supposed, all his efforts produced
-no results. Don Pancho and Dona Maria watched him closely. At the
-expiration of a minute, the chief made another sign to Black Stag, who
-went out, but in a very short time returned, followed by two Indians
-leading a Chilian soldier between them.
-
-"Moro Huinca," he said, in a rough voice, "can you explain what is set
-down on this paper?"
-
-"What?" the soldier replied.
-
-The general then added:--
-
-"The chief asks you if you can read."
-
-"Yes, senor," the wounded man stammered.
-
-"Good!" said Antinahuel; "then explain it."
-
-And he gave him the paper.
-
-The soldier took it mechanically. It was evident that the poor wretch,
-stupefied by terror, did not understand what was required of him.
-
-"My friend," said the general, "as you know how to read, have the
-goodness to explain to us what is written on this paper. Is not that
-what you desire, chief?" he said, addressing the Toqui.
-
-The soldier, whose terror was a little calmed by the friendly tone of
-the general, at last comprehended what was expected of him; he cast his
-eyes over the paper, and read as follows:--
-
-"I, the undersigned, Don Pancho Bustamente, general of division,
-ex-minister at war of the Chilian republic, engage, in favour
-of Antinahuel, grand Toqui of the Araucanos, to abandon, in all
-proprietorship, to him and to his people, to enjoy and dispose of at
-their pleasure now and for ever, without anyone being able to contest
-with them the legitimate proprietorship: first, the province of
-Valdivia; second, the province of Concepcion, to within twenty miles of
-the city of Talca. This territory shall belong, in all its breadth and
-in all its length, to the Araucano people, if the Toqui Antinahuel, by
-the help of an army, reinstates me in the power I have lost, and gives
-me the means to retain it in my hands."
-
-"In faith of which I have signed with my name, prenames, and qualities."
-
- "Don Pancho Bustamente,"
- "General of Division, ex Minister of
- War of the Chilian Republic."
-
-
-Whilst the soldier was reading, Antinahuel leaning over his shoulder,
-appeared endeavouring to read also; when he had ended, with one hand he
-snatched the paper roughly from him, and with the other he plunged his
-poniard into his heart.
-
-"What have you done?" the general said.
-
-"Wah!" the chief replied; "this fellow might have talked hereafter,
-perhaps."
-
-"That is true." said Don Pancho.
-
-An Araucano warrior took up the body, placed it upon his shoulders, and
-carried it out of the toldo.
-
-"Well?" the general resumed.
-
-"My brother may depend upon me," said Antinahuel; "I must now return to
-my village."
-
-"Stay, chief," the general objected; "that is losing time."
-
-"Interests of the highest importance oblige me."
-
-"That is useless," said Dona Maria, coolly.
-
-"What does my sister mean?" Antinahuel asked.
-
-"I have comprehended the impatience which devours the heart of my
-brother; this morning I myself despatched a _chasqui_ after the
-mosotones who were conducting the pale maiden to the tolderia of the
-Puelches, with an order to retrace their steps."
-
-The countenance of the chief cleared up.
-
-"My sister is good!" he said; "Antinahuel, he will remember."
-
-"Let my brother consent, then, to do what the great warrior of the
-palefaces desires."
-
-"Let my brother speak," the chief continued gravely.
-
-"We must, if we wish to succeed, act with the rapidity of lightning,"
-said Don Pancho; "collect all your warriors, and let their rendezvous
-be upon the Bio Bio. We will gain possession of Concepcion by a
-_coup-de-main;_ and if our movements are prompt, we shall be masters
-of Santiago, the capital, before they have time to raise the necessary
-troops to oppose their passage."
-
-"Good!" Antinahuel replied. "My brother is a skilful chief; he will
-succeed."
-
-"Yes, but we must use despatch above everything."
-
-"My brother will see," the Toqui said, laconically.
-
-"My brother," he added to Black Stag, "will send off the quipu and the
-lance of fire; in ten suns, thirty thousand warriors will be assembled
-on the plain of Conderkanki. I have spoken--begone."
-
-The Black Stag bowed, and left the cuarto without reply.
-
-"Is my brother content?" asked Antinahuel.
-
-"Yes," the general replied; "and I will soon prove to my brother that I
-also can keep my promises."
-
-The Toqui gave orders for striking the camp. An hour later, a long file
-of horsemen disappeared in the depths of the virgin forest which formed
-the limits of the plain.
-
-Dona Maria and Bustamente were in high spirits; they both thought their
-object nearly obtained; they imagined they were on the point of seeing
-realised the hope they had so long nourished.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XXII.
-
-DELIRIUM.
-
-
-It had been very unwillingly that Don Tadeo de Leon consented to resume
-that power which he had so gladly once laid down when he thought
-tranquillity was re-established. Dull and silent he followed the troop,
-who appeared rather to escort a state prisoner than the man they judged
-to be alone able to save his country.
-
-For some time the storm had been expending its fury, and Don Tadeo
-seemed to be revived by the fiery breath of the tempest; he cast away
-his hat, that the rain might bathe his burning brow; with his hair
-flowing in the wind and his eyes flashing wildly, he dug his spurs into
-his horse's sides, and rushed forward shouting--
-
-"Hurrah! hurrah! my faithful fellows! hurrah for our country! forward!
-forward!"
-
-His companions, in the sinister flashes of the lightning, caught
-occasional glimpses of the imposing shadow galloping before them, his
-horse bounding over every obstacle that came in his way. Suddenly
-electrified by this strange vision, they rushed wildly forward in
-pursuit of him, uttering cries resembling his own, across the inundated
-plain, through trees twisted and tortured by the powerful hand of the
-hurricane, which roared furiously. A mad ride, beyond the power of
-language to describe, then ensued. Don Tadeo, with his eyes flashing
-fire, felt himself fatally carried away by the furious delirium which
-compressed his temples like a vice. At intervals he turned sharply
-round, uttering inarticulate cries, and then, as suddenly, he lifted
-his horse with his spurs and his knees, and galloped forward in pursuit
-of some imaginary enemy.
-
-The soldiers, terrified at this terrible crisis, of which they could
-not divine the cause, and filled with grief at seeing him in this
-unhappy state, rode after him without knowing in what way to restore
-him the reason which seemed to be abandoning him.
-
-On approaching Valdivia, although still at some distance from it, they
-were surprised to see, at this advanced hour of the night, innumerable
-lights shining in the direction of the city. Don Gregorio, Don Tadeos
-most faithful friend, was overpowered with grief at beholding him in
-such a dreadful state, and tried every means to restore to him that
-reason which appeared every moment to be about to leave him perhaps for
-ever.
-
-All at once an idea struck him, and Don Gregorio urged his horse
-forward, pricking it with point of his dagger to increase its speed.
-The noble animal lowered its head, snorted loudly, and darted off like
-an arrow. After a few minutes of this wild course, Don Gregorio turned
-his horse short round upon its hind quarters, and without relaxing his
-speed, retraced his steps like a whirlwind. He and Don Tadeo were now
-galloping in a contrary direction, and must inevitably cross or clash.
-As they met, Don Gregorio seized the curb rein of his friend's horse
-with a grasp of iron, and giving it a sudden check, stopped it short.
-
-"Don Tadeo de Leon!" Don Gregorio cried; "have you forgotten Dona
-Rosario, your daughter?"
-
-At the name of his daughter, a convulsive trembling ran over Don Tadeos
-limbs.
-
-"My daughter!" he cried in a piercing tone, "oh I restore me my
-daughter!"
-
-Suddenly a cadaverous paleness covered his countenance, his eyes
-closed, the reins dropped from his hands, and he sank backwards. But,
-quick as thought, his friend had sprung to the earth, and caught him in
-his arms; Don Tadeo had fainted.
-
-"He is saved!" said Don Gregorio.
-
-All these rough soldiers, whom no danger had the power to astonish or
-move, breathed a sigh of relief at hearing this word of hope. Several
-blankets and cloaks were quickly suspended to the branches of the
-tree under which the chief was placed for shelter. And all, mute and
-motionless, with their bridles passed under their arms, stood awaiting
-with anxiety the restoration to life of the man whom they loved as a
-father.
-
-Nearly an hour passed away. Don Gregorio, bending over his friend,
-watched with an anxious eye the progress of the crisis. By degrees, the
-convulsive trembling which shook the body grew calmer, and he sank into
-complete immobility. Then Don Gregorio tore open Don Tadeo's sleeve,
-stripped his right arm, drew his dagger and opened a vein. No blood
-issued at first; but, at length, after a few seconds, a black drop,
-of the size of a pins head, appeared at the mouth of the wound; it
-increased progressively, and, at length, then followed by a second, and
-at the expiration of two minutes, a long stream of foaming black blood
-sprang from the orifice.
-
-At length his teeth, which had remained clenched moved, and he heaved
-a sigh. The blood had lost the bituminous colour it at first wore, and
-had become red. He opened his eyes, and cast around an astonished look.
-
-"Where am I?" he murmured faintly.
-
-"Thank God! you are safe, dear friend!" Don Gregorio answered, he
-placed his thumb upon the wound; "what a fright you have given us!"
-
-"What does all this mean?" said Don Tadeo, in a firmer voice; "tell me,
-Don Gregorio, what has happened?"
-
-"Faith! it is all my fault," the latter replied. "This will teach me to
-choose my horses myself another time, and not leave it to a peon."
-
-"Pray explain yourself, my friend; I do not understand you; I am so
-weak."
-
-"Well you may be; you have had a terrible fall."
-
-"Ah!" said Don Tadeo, "do you think so?"
-
-"Caspita! Do I think so? Ask these caballeros. A miracle has saved you!"
-
-"It is very singular! I cannot recollect anything of what you speak.
-When we left our friends all at once, the storm broke out."
-
-"That was it! and your recollection is correct. Your horse took fright
-at a flash of lightning and ran away. When we came up with you, you
-were lying senseless in a ravine."
-
-"What you say must be true, for I feel bruised, and my whole frame
-seems weak and exhausted."
-
-"That is it! But, I repeat, fortunately you are not wounded; only I
-thought it best to bleed you."
-
-"I thank you; the bleeding has done me good, my head is not so hot, my
-ideas are more calm! Thank you, my friend," he added, taking his hand.
-
-"Perhaps you are not strong enough yet to sit on horseback," he said.
-
-"Yes, I assure you, my strength is completely restored; besides, time
-presses."
-
-Saying these words, Don Tadeo rose, and asked for his horse. A soldier
-was holding it by the bridle. Don Tadeo examined it attentively. The
-poor animal was filthy; it looked as if it had literally been rolled
-in the mud. Don Tadeo knitted his brow; he could not make it out. Don
-Gregorio laughed in his sleeve; it was by his orders that, to mislead
-his friend, the horse had been put in this condition.
-
-"I can but wonder," said Don Tadeo, "when looking at this poor beast,
-how we both escaped!"
-
-"Is it not incomprehensible?" Don Gregorio replied; "we can none of us
-account for it."
-
-"Are we far from the city?"
-
-"A league at most."
-
-"Let us hasten on, then;" and the troop set off at a gallop.
-
-This time Don Tadeo and his friend rode side by side, talking as they
-went, in a low voice of the means to be taken to thwart the attempts
-of General Bustamente. Don Tadeo had recovered all his coolness. His
-ideas had again become clear. One man alone was a stranger to all we
-have related. This was Don Ramon Sandias. The poor senator, soaked with
-rain, terrified at the storm, and muffled in his cloak up to the eyes,
-seemed to live quite mechanically. He only wished for one thing, and
-that was to gain some place of shelter; so he kept on and on, without
-knowing what he did, or whether the others followed him or not. He
-arrived in this manner at Valdivia, and was about to pass on when he
-was stopped by a man who seized his bridle.
-
-"Hola? eh, caballero, are you asleep?" a rough voice cried.
-
-He started with fear, and ventured to uncover one eye.
-
-"No," he said, in a hoarse voice; "on the contrary, I am but too wide
-awake."
-
-"Where do you come from, alone, so late?" the man who had before spoken
-continued.
-
-"What do you mean by 'alone'?" said Don Ramon, recovering his spirits a
-little--"do you take my companions for nothing?"
-
-"Your companions! What companions are you talking about?" cried several
-voices.
-
-Don Ramon looked round with a terrified air.
-
-"Well, that's true!" he said. "I am alone. What on earth has become of
-the others?"
-
-"What others?" the first speaker rejoined; "we see nobody."
-
-"Caramba!" the senator impatiently replied, "I mean Don Gregorio and
-his soldiers."
-
-"What! are you part of Don Gregorios troop?" the people cried from all
-sides.
-
-"To be sure I am," said the senator; "but pray let me get under
-shelter, for the rain pours terribly."
-
-"You need not mind that," said a joker; "you can't be wetter than you
-are!"
-
-"That's true," he replied.
-
-"Do you know whether Don Gregorio has met with Don Tadeo de Leon?"
-Several voices asked simultaneously.
-
-"Yes, they are coming together."
-
-"Are they far off?"
-
-"How the devil can I tell?"
-
-At hearing this, the people who had stopped him dispersed in all
-directions, crying. "Don Tadeo is coming!" without taking any further
-notice of the half-drowned senator, who implored them in vain to
-direct him to a place of shelter. No one replied to him; all were busy
-lighting torches, or rousing the inhabitants of the houses, either by
-knocking at their doors, or calling them by their names.
-
-"Valgame Dios!" the senator murmured in despair; "these people are all
-mad to run about the streets in such weather as this! Am I going to be
-present at another revolution?"
-
-And spurring his horse, which was almost knocked up, he moved on with
-much ado, shaking his head dismally, to seek some hospitable roof where
-he might dry his clothes and get a few hours of repose.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XXIII.
-
-PLAN OF CAMPAIGN.
-
-
-Don Tadeo's entrance into Valdivia was truly a triumphant one.
-Notwithstanding the rain, which fell in torrents, the whole population
-was drawn up in the streets as he passed through, holding in their
-hands torches, whose flames, agitated by the wind, shed a pale, broken
-light, which was mingled with that of the constant electric flashes.
-The cries of joy of the inhabitants, the rolling of drums, were mingled
-with the peals of thunder and the furious hissing of the tempest.
-
-Don Tadeo was much moved by this proof of love which the population
-offered him. He felt that, however great private interests may be, they
-are small in comparison with those of a people; that it is great and
-noble to sacrifice them to it, and that he who knows how to die bravely
-for the welfare of his fellow citizens fulfils a holy and a grand
-mission. His determination was formed at once. He drew his head proudly
-up, and saluted with a smile the joyous groups which pressed around him
-on his passage, clapping their hands and shouting "Viva Chile!" He
-arrived at the cabildo thus escorted.
-
-He dismounted, ascended the steps of the palace, and turned towards
-the crowd. The immense square was paved with heads. The windows of
-the houses were thronged with people; and all the crowd were uttering
-deafening cries of joy. Don Tadeo saw that a few words were expected
-from him. He made a gesture, and a profound silence immediately
-prevailed.
-
-"Dear fellow citizens!" said the King of Darkness, "my heart is touched
-more than I can express with the extraordinary mark of sympathy you
-have given me. You shall always see me in the front rank of those who
-fight for liberty. Be always united for the public welfare, and tyranny
-will never succeed in conquering you."
-
-This little warm address was hailed with reiterated "Bravos!" and
-prolonged cries of "Viva Chile!"
-
-Don Tadeo entered the palace. He there found assembled the superior
-officers, the alcaldes, and the principal leader of the Dark Hearts.
-All rose at his entrance. Since the King of Darkness had regained his
-popular enthusiasm he had recovered all his faculties.
-
-"Caballeros," he said, "I am happy to find you assembled at the
-cabildo. Moments are precious. General Bustamente has allied himself
-with Antinahuel, the Grand Toqui of the Araucanos, in order the
-more easily to regain his power. This is the reason why he made his
-pronunciamiento in this remote province. Delivered by the Araucanos, he
-has taken refuge among them. We shall soon see him at the head of those
-ferocious warriors, invading our frontiers and desolating our richest
-provinces. I repeat to you our moments are precious! A bold initiative
-alone can save us. But, to take the initiative, I must have on my part,
-I whom you have made your leader, regular powers granted by the senate."
-
-These words, whose justice every one acknowledged, created a profound
-sensation. To the serious objection raised by Don Tadeo, it was
-difficult to make a reply. Don Gregorio approached him, holding a
-folded paper in his hand.
-
-"Take this," he said, presenting the open paper to Don Tadeo: "this is
-the reply of the senate of Santiago to the manifesto you addressed to
-them after the fall of the tyrant; it is an order which invests you
-with supreme power. As, after the victory, you resigned the power into
-my hands, I had kept this order secret. The moment is come to render it
-public. Don Tadeo de Leon! you are our leader."
-
-At this intelligence all present arose with delight, crying with
-enthusiasm, "Viva Don Tadeo de Leon!"
-
-He took the paper and ran his eyes over the contents.
-
-"That is well," he said, returning it to Don Gregorio, with a smile,
-"now I am free to act."
-
-The members of the assembly resumed their seats.
-
-"Caballeros," Don Tadeo continued, "as I told you, a bold initiative
-alone can save us. We must defeat our adversary by promptness. You know
-the man, you know he possesses all the necessary qualities for a good
-general; he will not therefore fall asleep in a false security; while
-his ally, Antinahuel, is an intrepid chief, endowed with boundless
-ambition. These two men, united by the same interests, may, if we do
-not take care, give us a great deal to do; we must therefore attack
-them both at once. This is what I propose: if the plan I am about to
-submit to you appears vicious, as we are assembled in council, you will
-discuss it."
-
-He continued--
-
-"We will divide our forces into two parts; the first shall go by
-forced marches, and attack Arauca. This expedition, the sole object
-of which is to divide the forces of our adversaries, ought to be made
-in a manner which will oblige them to send important reinforcements.
-A second division, composed of all the men in the province capable of
-bearing arms, will march upon the Bio Bio, in order to lend a hand to
-the troops of the province of Concepcion.
-
-"But," a superior officer objected, "permit me, Don Tadeo, to say that
-in your plan you forget one thing."
-
-"What is that, senor?"
-
-"Is not this province more exposed than any other?"
-
-"You connect the events which are about to take place there with those
-that have preceded them."
-
-"Doubtless I do."
-
-"And that is where your error lies. When Don Pancho Bustamente caused
-himself to be proclaimed in Valdivia, he had good reasons. This
-province is remote--isolated; the general hoped to make a war depot
-of it, and to establish himself solidly there, thanks to his allies.
-That plan was well conceived, it offered great chances of success. But
-at the present moment the question is completely changed: the general
-has no longer anything to rely on in this province. In my opinion we
-must bar his road to the capital, and force him to accept battle. As to
-the province of Valdivia, it is not threatened in any way; only, as in
-such circumstances we cannot employ too much prudence, a civil militia
-must be instituted in order to defend its hearths. Don Gregorio, you
-will take the command of the troops destined to act against Arauca.
-I reserve for myself the command of the army of the Bio Bio. This
-morning, at daybreak, Senor the Alcalde Mayor, you will cause a
-bando to be published in all the provinces announcing that voluntary
-enrolments, at a demi-piastre per day, are opened. You, Colonel
-Gutierrez, I name governor of the province; your first care must be to
-organise the civic guard."
-
-"Your Excellency may depend upon me," the colonel replied.
-
-"I have known you for a length of time, colonel, and I know I can leave
-you to act with full confidence," said Tadeo, with a smile.
-
-The members of the assembly retired, after having again proclaimed
-their devotion to the good cause. Don Tadeo and Don Gregorio were left
-alone. Don Tadeo was quite another man. Don Gregorio looked at him with
-astonishment.
-
-"Brother," said Don Tadeo, "this time we must conquer or die. You will
-be near me in the hour of battle; you will leave your command when at a
-few leagues from the city, for it is at my side you must fight."
-
-"Thanks!" said Don Gregorio, "thanks."
-
-"This tyrant, against whom we are going once more to measure ourselves
-must die."
-
-"He shall die."
-
-"From among the Dark Hearts select ten men, who must be employed
-specially in pursuit of Bustamente."
-
-"Depend upon me."
-
-"Send directly Don Ramon Sandias to the governor of Concepcion, to warn
-him to be upon his guard."
-
-Don Gregorio bowed, and retired laughing.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XXIV.
-
-A DISAGREEABLE MISSION.
-
-
-Instead of taking a few hours of repose, Don Tadeo, as soon as he was
-alone, seated himself at a table, and began to send off orders.
-
-Several hours had passed away thus; the morning was advanced, and Don
-Tadeo had despatched all his couriers. At this moment Don Ramon Sandias
-appeared.
-
-"Well, Don Ramon," Don Tadeo said in a friendly accent, "you are still
-among us."
-
-"Yes, Excellency," the senator replied.
-
-"Have you cause to complain, Don Ramon?" asked Don Tadeo.
-
-"Oh, no!" said the senator, "quite the contrary."
-
-"I am ready to weep tears of blood when I reflect that I have allowed
-myself to be seduced by a silly ambition, which--"
-
-"Well, what you have lost, if you like, I will restore to you," said
-Don Tadeo.
-
-"Oh! speak! speak! what would I not do for that?"
-
-"Even return among the Aucas?" said Don Tadeo.
-
-"Why, no--"
-
-"Stop a moment!" Don Tadeo interrupted; "this is what I expect of you:
-listen attentively."
-
-"I listen, your Excellency," the senator replied, bowing humbly.
-
-Don Gregorio entered.
-
-"What is the matter?" asked Don Tadeo.
-
-"The Indian named Joan, who once served you as a guide, has just
-arrived."
-
-"Let him come in! let him come in!" cried Don Tadeo, rising.
-
-Joan now entered.
-
-"What brings you here?" asked Don Tadeo. "Speak! my friend!"
-
-"The white chiefs are preparing to set out upon the track of
-Antinahuel."
-
-"God bless them! they are noble hearts!" Don Tadeo exclaimed.
-
-"My father was sad last night when he parted from us."
-
-"Yes, yes," the poor father murmured.
-
-"Before taking the track, Don Valentine felt his heart softened at the
-thoughts of the uneasiness you would doubtless experience; he therefore
-made his brother with the dove's eyes trace this necklace."
-
-Saying these words, he drew out the letter which was carefully
-concealed under the ribbon that confined his hair, and presented it to
-Don Tadeo.
-
-"Thanks!" cried the father as he placed the letter in his bosom and
-held out his hand graciously to the warrior; "thanks to those who sent
-you, and thanks to you, my brother: you shall remain with me, and when
-the moment arrives you shall conduct me to my daughter."
-
-"I will do so; my father may depend upon me."
-
-"I do depend upon you, Joan."
-
-"I am at the service of my father, as is the horse which the warrior
-mounts," Joan replied, respectfully.
-
-"One instant," said Don Tadeo, clapping his hands, to which a servant
-responded.
-
-"I desire," he said, in an emphatic manner, "that every respect he paid
-to this warrior: he is my friend, and is at liberty to do just as he
-likes; let everything be given to him that he asks for."
-
-The Indian warrior left the apartment.
-
-"A noble nature!" cried Don Tadeo.
-
-"Yes." said Don Ramon, "for a savage."
-
-The King of Darkness was recalled to himself by the voice which thus
-mingled its harsh notes with his thoughts; his eyes fell upon the
-senator, whom he no longer thought of.
-
-"Ah!" said he, "I had forgotten you, Don Ramon."
-
-The latter bit his tongue and repented too late.
-
-"Did you not tell me," Don Tadeo resumed, "that you would give a great
-deal to be at your hacienda?"
-
-The senator shook his head affirmatively.
-
-"I will offer you," Don Tadeo continued, "a chance of regaining the
-happiness you sigh for. You will set out immediately for Concepcion.
-One would think you did not like the mission."
-
-"I will go."
-
-"That is well; a pleasant journey to you."
-
-The senator asked--
-
-"If the Araucanians surprise me, and get possession of this paper?"
-
-"You will be shot--that's all," said Don Tadeo.
-
-"Why, this is a trap!" the terrified senator exclaimed.
-
-"You have but twenty minutes to make the preparations for your
-departure."
-
-The senator seized the letter eagerly, and, without replying, rushed
-out of the room like a madman. Don Tadeo could not repress a smile at
-his extreme terror, and said to himself--
-
-"Poor devil! he little suspects that I should be highly pleased if the
-Araucanians obtained the paper."
-
-"Everything is ready," said Don Gregorio, entering.
-
-"That is well. Let the troops be drawn up in two bodies just outside
-the city. Where is Joan?"
-
-"I am here," the latter replied, coming forward.
-
-"I wish to confide to my brother a mission of life and death."
-
-"I will accomplish it, or die in the attempt."
-
-"Deliver this necklace to the Spanish general, Fuentes, who commands
-in Concepcion." Don Tadeo drew from his breast a dagger of a curious
-shape, the bronze knob of which served as a seal. "My brother will also
-take this dagger; on seeing it the general will know that Joan comes
-from me."
-
-"Good," the warrior replied, taking the weapon.
-
-"That weapon is poisoned--: the slightest scratch will inflict certain
-death."
-
-"Oh--oh!" said the Indian, "that is indeed a good weapon! When shall I
-set out?"
-
-"A horse shall be given to my brother, to whom I have only one more
-word to say: let him take care not to get killed; I would have him
-return to me."
-
-"I shall come back again," said the Indian, confidently. "Farewell."
-
-Don Tadeo and Don Gregorio left the cabildo. The orders of the King
-of Darkness had been executed with the greatest punctuality and
-promptitude. Two bodies of troops were drawn up; one, of nine hundred
-men, was charged with the attack on Arauca, the other, of nearly two
-thousand, under the immediate orders of Don Tadeo himself.
-
-In addition to a numerous troop of cavalry, the Chilians took with them
-ten pieces of mountain artillery. The troops filed off at a quick step
-before the inhabitants, who saluted them with hearty shouts.
-
-When they were about to separate, Don Tadeo took his friend aside.
-
-"This evening, when you have established your camp for the night, Don
-Gregorio," he said, "you will give up the command to your lieutenant
-and rejoin me."
-
-"That is understood; I thank you for the favour you confer upon me."
-
-After a last shake of the hands the two leaders separated, to place
-themselves at the head of their respective troops, which were advancing
-rapidly into the plain.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XXV.
-
-THE KITE AND THE DOVE.
-
-
-General Bustamente had taken advantage of the sudden good-will that
-Antinahuel had shown towards him; so that two days after the events we
-have related the Araucanian army was strongly entrenched upon the Bio
-Bio. Antinahuel, like an experienced chief, had established his camp at
-the summit of a wooded hill. A screen of trees had been left to conceal
-the presence of the army. The various contingents had arrived in great
-haste at the rendezvous, and more came in every minute. The total force
-of the army was, at that moment, about nine thousand men. Black Stag,
-with a troop of chosen warriors, beat the country in all directions, in
-order to surprise the enemy's scouts.
-
-Antinahuel had retired under his toldo with the Linda and Dona Rosario.
-She bore upon her pale countenance traces of the fatigues she had
-undergone. She stood, with downcast eyes, before the Toqui.
-
-"My brother sees that I have kept my promise," said the Linda.
-
-"Yes," the Toqui replied; "I thank my sister."
-
-"My brother is a great warrior, he has but one word; before entering
-the territories of the Huincas, it will be as well to determine the
-fate of his prisoner."
-
-"This young maiden is not my prisoner," Antinahuel remarked; "she shall
-be my wife."
-
-"So be it," said the Linda, shrugging her shoulders.
-
-"My sister is fatigued," said the chief. "A toldo is prepared for my
-sister; she shall repose a few hours."
-
-"Chief," she replied, "my body feels no fatigue; I am strong. Your
-mosotones were very kind to me."
-
-"Their chief had ordered them to do so," Antinahuel said, gallantly.
-
-"I thank you for having given these orders."
-
-"I love my sister," said the Toqui.
-
-The young lady did not at all understand this blunt declaration of love.
-
-"Oh, yes!" she exclaimed, innocently, "you love me--you have pity on
-me."
-
-"I will make every effort to make my sister happy."
-
-"Oh! it would be so easy to do that, if you really wished it!" she
-cried.
-
-"What must I do for that? I am ready to obey my sister."
-
-"Is that really true?"
-
-"Let my sister speak," said the chief.
-
-"The tears of a poor girl can only render a great warrior like you sad!"
-
-"That is truth," he remarked, mildly.
-
-"Restore me to my friends!" she cried, in an excited manner.
-
-Antinahuel drew back quite astounded, biting his lips with anger. The
-Linda burst into a loud laugh.
-
-"You see," she said, "it is very easy for you to render her happy."
-
-The chief knitted his brow still more ferociously.
-
-"Come, brother," the Linda continued, "do not be angry; leave me to
-have a moment's chat with her."
-
-"What to do?" the Toqui asked, impatiently.
-
-"Caramba! why, to explain your intentions clearly to her."
-
-"Well, then----"
-
-"Only be so kind as to observe that in nowise will I answer for
-disposing her in your favour."
-
-"Ah! To what purpose, then, will you talk?"
-
-"I will undertake that, after our conversation, she shall know
-perfectly what she has to expect from you with regard to herself."
-
-"My sister has a golden tongue--she will prevail."
-
-"Hum! I do not think so; nevertheless I will try, in order to make
-myself agreeable," she added.
-
-"Very well; and during that conversation I will visit the camp."
-
-"Do so," said the Linda.
-
-Antinahuel went out, after darting at the young girl a look which made
-her cast down her eyes. Left alone with Rosario, the Linda examined her
-for an instant with such an expression of malignant hatred, that the
-poor girl felt herself tremble. The sight of this woman produced upon
-her the strange effect attributed to the look of the serpent; she felt
-herself fascinated by the cold glance of the green eyes that were fixed
-upon her in a manner which she could not endure. After a few minutes
-the Linda said, in a cutting voice--
-
-"Poor girl! Although you have been nearly a month a prisoner, can you
-at all divine what induced me to have carried you off?"
-
-"I do not comprehend you, senora," the young lady replied, mildly;
-"your words are enigmas to me; I in vain endeavour to discover their
-meaning."
-
-"Oh! poor, innocent thing!" the courtesan replied, with a mocking
-laugh; "and yet I fancy that on the night we were face to face at the
-village of San Miguel, I spoke to you pretty plainly."
-
-"All it was possible for me to understand, senora, was, that you hate
-me."
-
-"As the fact exists, of what importance is the reason? Yes, I hate
-you, insignificant thing! But I do not even know you! While avenging
-myself upon you, it is not you I hate; but the man who loves you; whose
-heart is broken at your tears! But the torments I reserve for you are
-nothing, if he is ignorant of them."
-
-"God is just, senora," the maiden replied, firmly. "I do not know what
-crimes you meditate, but He will watch over me."
-
-"God! miserable, puny creature!" cried the Linda. "God is but a word;
-He does not exist."
-
-"He will not fail me, senora," Dona Rosario replied. "Beware! lest soon
-bowed by His powerful hand, you, in your turn, may implore His mercy in
-vain."
-
-"Begone, miserable child; your threats only inspire me with contempt."
-
-"I do not threaten, senora; I am an unfortunate young girl. I only
-endeavour to soften you."
-
-"Vain are your prayers," she added; "when my hour comes I will ask for
-no more mercy than I have had for you."
-
-"God pardon you the evil you wish to do."
-
-For the second time the Linda experienced an indefinable emotion,
-of which she in vain sought to explain the cause; but she fortified
-herself against this secret presentiment which appeared to warn her
-that her vengeance would mislead herself.
-
-"Listen!" she said, in a short, sharp tone; "it was I who had you
-carried off, as you are aware; but you know not for what purpose,
-do you? The man who has just left us, Antinahuel, the chief of the
-Araucanos, is a vile wretch! He has conceived a passion for you, an
-impure, monstrous passion. His mother wished to divert his mind from
-this passion, and he killed his mother."
-
-"Oh!" the young girl exclaimed, penetrated with horror.
-
-"You tremble, do you not?" the Linda continued; "that man is an abject
-being! He has no heart but for crime! He knows no laws but those which
-his passions and vices impose upon him! Well, this hideous being--this
-odious villain loves you; I tell you he is in love with you--do you
-understand me?"
-
-"Oh, you cannot have sold me to this man!" the maiden shrieked in a
-state of stupefaction.
-
-"I have," she replied, grinding her teeth; "and were it to be begun
-again, I would do it again! Oh, you do not know what happiness I
-experience in seeing you, a white dove, rolled in the mud."
-
-"But have you no heart, senora?"
-
-"No, I no longer have; it is long since it was tortured and broken by
-despair."
-
-For a moment the maiden was overcome.
-
-"Pity, senora!" she cried, in a piercing tone; "oh, you have said you
-had a heart once! You have loved! In the name of him you loved, have
-pity--pity for me."
-
-"No, no pity, none was felt for me!" and she pushed her away.
-
-"Senora! in the name of one you have loved, pity."
-
-"I love nothing now but vengeance!" she cried; "it is good to hate; a
-woman forgets her insults through it."
-
-Dona Rosario did not hear these frightful words; a prey to despair, she
-continued to weep and supplicate; but the word child struck her ear; a
-light flashed across her brain.
-
-"Oh, senora!" she cried, "I knew you were good, and that I should
-succeed in softening you!"
-
-"What does this folly mean?" said the Linda.
-
-"Senora!" Rosario implored, "you have had children! you have loved
-them! oh, loved them dearly!"
-
-"Silence, unhappy wretch!" cried the Linda; "silence; speak not to me
-of my daughter!"
-
-"Yes," Rosario continued, "that is it; it was a daughter. Oh, you
-adored her, senora!"
-
-"Adored my daughter!" cried the Linda, with the roar of a hyena.
-
-"In the name of that beloved daughter, pity!"
-
-The Linda broke suddenly into a frantic laugh. "Miserable fool! what a
-remembrance have you evoked!--It is to avenge my daughter! my daughter!
-who was stolen from me, that I wish to make of you the most unhappy of
-creatures."
-
-Dona Rosario remained for an instant as if struck by a thunderbolt, but
-looking the courtesan full in the face, said--
-
-"Senora, you have no heart--be then accursed. As to me, I shall be
-taught how to extricate myself from the outrages you vainly threaten me
-with."
-
-And, with a movement as quick as thought, she snatched from the girdle
-of the Linda a narrow, sharp-pointed dagger.
-
-The Linda sprang towards her.
-
-"Stop, senora," the maiden said to her, resolutely; "one step farther,
-and I stab myself! Oh, I no longer fear you!"
-
-Dona Rosarios look was so firm, her countenance so determined, that the
-Linda stopped.
-
-"Well," Rosario resumed, with a smile of contempt, "you no longer
-triumph now; you are no longer certain of your vengeance; let the man
-you threaten me with dare to approach me, and I will plunge this dagger
-into my heart."
-
-The Linda looked at her, but made no reply; she was conquered.
-
-At that moment a great tumult was heard in the camp; hurried steps
-approached the toldo in which the two women were. The Linda resumed her
-seat, and composed her features. Dona Rosario, with a joyful smile,
-concealed the dagger.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XXVI.
-
-THE END OF DON RAMON'S JOURNEY.
-
-
-In the meantime Don Ramon had left Valdivia. This time the senator
-was alone--alone with his horse, a poor, lean, half-foundered beast,
-which hobbled along with its head and ears down, and appeared in all
-points to harmonise with the sad thoughts which doubtless occupied its
-master's mind.
-
-The future by no means appeared to him pleasant. He had left Valdivia
-under a threat of death; at every step he expected to be aimed at by
-some invisible gun. Being conscious that he could not impose upon the
-enemies, doubtless disseminated over his route, by any appearance
-of strength or power, he determined to impose upon them by his
-weakness--that is to say, he got rid of all his arms. At a few leagues
-distance from Valdivia he had been passed by Joan. Don Ramon watched
-him for a long time with a look of envy.
-
-"What happy fellows these Indians are!" he grumbled; "the desert
-belongs to them. Ah!" he added, with a sigh; "if I were but at Casa
-Azul."
-
-Casa Azul was the senator's quinta--that quinta with white walls, green
-blinds, and leafy bowers, which he so much regretted having left in a
-moment of silly ambition, and which he never hoped to see again. When
-he passed by a wood, or along a narrow way between two mountains, he
-cast terrified glances around him, and entered the suspicious passage,
-murmuring--
-
-"This is where they are waiting for me!"
-
-And when the wood was passed, and the dangerous lane cleared, instead
-of felicitating himself upon being still safe and sound, he said, with
-a shake of the head--
-
-"Hum! the Picaros! they know very well I cannot escape them, and they
-are playing with me as a cat does with a mouse."
-
-And yet two days had passed away without a mishap, nothing had occurred
-to corroborate the senator's suspicions and uneasiness. He had that
-morning crossed the ford of the Carampangne, and was drawing near to
-the Bio Bio which he hoped to reach by sunset.
-
-But the Bio Bio had to be crossed, and there lay the difficulty. The
-river has but one ford, a little above Concepcion. The senator knew it
-perfectly well but a secret presentiment told him not to approach it.
-Unfortunately Don Ramon had no choice, he could take no other road.
-
-The senator hesitated as long as Caesar did at the famous passage of
-the Rubicon; at length, as there were no means of doing otherwise, Don
-Ramon very unwillingly spurred on his horse, and advanced towards the
-ford, recommending himself to the protection of all the saints of the
-Spanish golden legend.
-
-The horse was tired, but the smell of the water renovated its strength,
-and it cantered gaily on with the infallible instinct of these noble
-beasts, without pausing in the inextricable windings which crossed
-each other in the high grass. Although the river was not yet visible,
-Don Ramon could hear the roaring of the waters. He was passing by,
-at the moment, a dark hill, from the thickly-wooded sides of which
-proceeded, at intervals, sounds which he could not make out. The animal
-too, as much alarmed as its master, pricked up its ears and redoubled
-its speed. Don Ramon scarcely ventured to breathe, and looked in all
-directions with the greatest terror. He was close to the ford, when
-suddenly a rough voice smote his ear and rendered him as motionless
-as if he had been changed into a block of marble. Half a score Indian
-warriors surrounded him on all sides; these warriors were commanded by
-Black Stag.
-
-It was a strange circumstance, but when the first moment of terror
-was past, the senator completely recovered himself--now that he knew
-what he had to trust to, the danger which he had so long dreaded was
-before him, but less terrific than he had supposed it to be. Black
-Stag examined him carefully, and at length placed his hand upon the
-bridle of his horse, saying, as he endeavoured to recall a half-effaced
-remembrance--
-
-"It seems to me that I have seen the paleface somewhere?"
-
-"To be sure," the senator replied; "we are old friends."
-
-"I am not the friend of the Huincas," the Indian said, sternly.
-
-"I mean," Don Ramon corrected himself, "we are old acquaintances."
-
-"Good! what is the Chiapla doing here?"
-
-"Hum!" the senator said; "I am doing nothing."
-
-"Let the paleface reply clearly; a chief is questioning him," Black
-Stag said, frowning.
-
-"I ask no better," Don Ramon replied, in a conciliating tone. "Question
-me."
-
-"Where is the paleface going?"
-
-"Where am I going? When you stopped me I was preparing to cross the Bio
-Bio."
-
-"Good! And when you had crossed the Bio Bio?"
-
-"Oh, then I should have hastened to gain my quinta, which I am very
-sorry I ever quitted."
-
-"Doubtless the paleface is charged with some mission?"
-
-"Who, I?" said the senator, in the most careless way possible; "Who do
-you think would charge me with a mission?"
-
-"Good! Where is the necklace?"
-
-"What necklace do you mean?"
-
-"The one which you have to deliver to the chief of Concepcion."
-
-"Who! I?"
-
-"Yes, you."
-
-"I have none."
-
-"My brother speaks well: Aucas warriors are not women, they know how to
-discover what is hidden."
-
-Any resistance was impossible, and if it had not been, Don Ramon was
-not the man to have attempted it; hence he obeyed, and his horse was
-led away.
-
-"The paleface will follow me," Black Stag commanded.
-
-"Hum!" said Don Ramon, "where are you going?"
-
-"To the Toqui and the Great Eagle of the Whites."
-
-"Oh, dear! oh, dear!" said Don Ramon to himself.
-
-The warriors led their prisoner among the coppice. After a short ascent
-they arrived at the camp. General Bustamente and Antinahuel were
-conversing as they walked about.
-
-"What have you there?" asked the general.
-
-"A prisoner," Black Stag replied.
-
-"Eh, what!" said the general, "it is my honourable friend, Don Ramon!"
-
-"Yes--worse luck--"
-
-"How can that be? Were you not seeking me?"
-
-"God forbid!" the senator cried.
-
-"Look there, now; why, then, where were you going alone thus?"
-
-"I was going to my own home."
-
-The general and Antinahuel exchanged a few words.
-
-"Come with us, Don Ramon," the general rejoined, "the Toqui wishes to
-have some conversation."
-
-"With pleasure," said Don Ramon; and cursing his evil star he followed
-the two men into the toldo.
-
-The warriors who had brought the senator remained without, to execute
-the orders they might receive.
-
-"You said," the general continued, as soon as they were in the toldo,
-"that you were going home at Casa Azul."
-
-"Yes, general."
-
-"Why that sigh? nothing that I am aware of will be opposed to the
-continuation of your journey."
-
-"Do you mean that?" the senator exclaimed.
-
-"Hum! that depends entirely upon yourself."
-
-"How so?"
-
-"Deliver up to the Toqui the order which Don Tadeo de Leon has charged
-you."
-
-"What order do you mean, general?"
-
-"Why, the one you probably have."
-
-"You are mistaken, general; I am not charged with any mission to
-General Fuentes, I am sure."
-
-"And yet the Toqui asserts the contrary."
-
-"This man lies; he must have a necklace," said Antinahuel.
-
-"It is very easy to ascertain that." said the general, coolly. "Black
-Stag, my friend, please to have this caballero suspended by the thumbs
-to the next tree."
-
-The senator shuddered.
-
-"I beg you to observe," the general continued, "that we do not commit
-the rudeness of searching you."
-
-"But I assure you I have no order."
-
-"Bah! and I am certain you will find one--there is nothing like being
-suspended by the thumbs."
-
-"Come," said Black Stag.
-
-The senator bounded away from him with fear.
-
-"Well, I think I recollect----" he stammered.
-
-"There, you see."
-
-"That I am the bearer of a letter."
-
-"Just as I said you were."
-
-"But I am ignorant of its contents."
-
-"Caramba! that is very likely."
-
-"Well, to General Fuentes, I suppose. But if I give you up the paper
-shall I be free?" he asked.
-
-"Hum! the position is changed. If you had given it up with a good grace
-I could have guaranteed your freedom."
-
-"Still!"
-
-"Come, give it to me."
-
-"Here it is," said the senator, drawing it from his bosom.
-
-The general took the paper, ran his eye rapidly over it, then drawing
-Antinahuel to the other extremity of the toldo, they talked together
-for some minutes in a low voice. At length the general turned towards
-the senator.
-
-"Unhappy fool!" he said, sternly; "Is it thus you betray me, after the
-proofs of friendship I have given you?"
-
-"I assure you, general--" the other began.
-
-"Silence, you miserable spy!" the general replied; "You wished to sell
-me to my enemies, but God has not permitted the execution of so black a
-project."
-
-The senator was annihilated.
-
-"Take away this man," said Antinahuel.
-
-The poor wretch struggled in vain in the hands of the Indian warriors,
-who seized him roughly, and dragged him out of the toldo, in spite of
-his cries and tears. Black Stag led them to the foot of an enormous
-espino, whose thick branches formed a wide shadow on the hill. When
-they arrived there, Don Ramon made a last and powerful effort, escaped
-from the hands of his surprised guards, and darted away like a madman
-up the steep acclivity of the mountain.
-
-But this wild race lasted only a few minutes, and quite exhausted his
-strength. When the Indian warriors overtook him, which they easily did,
-terror had already nearly killed him. The warriors placed the noose
-of a lasso round his neck, and then threw it up over the principal
-branch of the espino. But he was dead when they hanged him--fright had
-killed him. It was written that poor Don Ramon Sandias, the victim of a
-foolish ambition, should never see Casa Azul again.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XXVII.
-
-THE AUCA-COYOG.
-
-
-The tragical death of the senator was only the consequence of his
-well-known pusillanimity. If the general had believed it possible
-to place any reliance upon his word, he would have released him
-immediately.
-
-Immediately after the execution of the senator, the heralds convened
-the chiefs to a grand Auca-coyog. Thirty Ulmens and Apo-Ulmens were
-quickly assembled at the place appointed. Antinahuel soon appeared,
-followed by General Bustamente. Antinahuel held in his hand the letter
-taken from Don Ramon, and he spoke as follows:--
-
-"Ulmens, Apo-Ulmens, and chiefs of the four Uthal-mapus of the
-Araucanian confederacy, I have convoked you by the heralds to
-communicate to you a necklace taken from the spy who by my order has
-just been put to death. This necklace will cause us to alter our
-arrangements, I think, for the malocca, on account of which we have
-assembled. Our ally, the Great Eagle of the Whites, will explain it to
-you. Let my brother read," he added, turning towards the general.
-
-The latter read with a loud voice:--
-
-"'MY DEAR GENERAL,--I have submitted to the council assembled at
-Valdivia the objections you have thought it your duty to make on the
-subject of the plan of the campaign. These objections have been found
-just; consequently the following plan has been modified according to
-your observations. You will continue, then, to cover the province of
-Concepcion, by holding the line of the Bio Bio, which you will not
-cross without fresh orders. On my side, with seven thousand men, I will
-march upon Arauca, of which I will take possession and destroy. This
-plan offers us the more chances of success, from the enemy being, as
-we learn from trustworthy spies, in a deceitful security with regard
-to our movements. The bearer of this order is a person you know, whose
-nullity itself will facilitate the means of passing through the enemy's
-lines. You will get rid of this individual by sending him to his home,
-with an injunction not to leave it.'"
-
- "'Signed,
- DON TADEO DE LEON,'"
- "'Dictator and General-in-Chief of'"
- "'the Army of Liberation."
-
-The reading of this despatch was listened to by the chiefs with the
-deepest attention.
-
-"This necklace," said Antinahuel, "was traced in private characters,
-which our brother the paleface has succeeded in deciphering. What do
-the Ulmens think?"
-
-One of the ancient Toquis arose.
-
-"The palefaces are very cunning," he said; "they are foxes in malice
-and jaguars in ferocity. This order is a snare for the good faith
-of the Aucas. But Aucas warriors are wise; they will laugh at the
-machinations of the Huincas, and will continue to guard the ford of the
-Bio Bio. The communications of the whites are cut off, like a serpent
-whose body has been divided by a stroke of the hatchet: they in vain
-seek to unite the various trunks of their army, but they will not
-succeed. I have spoken."
-
-This speech, pronounced in a firm, clear voice, by one of the most
-justly respected chiefs of the nation, produced a certain effect.
-
-"The chief has spoken well," said the general; "I coincide entirely
-with his opinion."
-
-Another chief then arose and spoke in his turn.
-
-"The whites are very cunning, as my father has said; they are foxes
-without courage--they can only massacre women and children, and run
-away at the sight of an Aucas warrior. But this necklace tells the
-truth, and translates their thoughts literally. Chiefs, we all have
-wives and children, and we ought in the first place to think of their
-safety. Let us be prudent, chiefs; let us not throw ourselves into a
-snare while we think we are laying one for our enemies."
-
-The Araucanos have a deep affection for their families; and the idea of
-leaving them behind, exposed to the disasters of war, gave them great
-uneasiness. General Bustamente anxiously followed the fluctuations of
-the council.
-
-"What my brother has remarked is just, but his opinions only rest upon
-an hypothesis; the whites do not employ forces in such numbers to
-attempt an invasion of the Araucano territory. Let my brothers leave
-in the camp a thousand resolute warriors to defend the passage, and
-at nightfall cross the Bio Bio boldly, and I will answer for their
-success."
-
-"My brother is a skilful warrior," said Antinahuel; "the plan he
-proposes shows his experience. As he says, until I have proof to the
-contrary, I shall believe the necklace to be a deceit; and that we
-ought, this very night, to invade the territories of the whites."
-
-The general breathed freely; his cause, he thought, was gained.
-Suddenly Black Stag entered, and took his place in the assembly.
-
-"What is going on?" the Toqui asked.
-
-"Listen!" said Black Stag, in a solemn tone; "Illecura, Borea, and
-Nagotten have been given up to the flames, and the inhabitants put to
-the sword; another body of troops, still more considerable than the
-first, is acting in the flat country in the same manner as the other in
-the maritime country."
-
-The most violent agitation seized on the Ulmens; nothing was heard but
-cries of rage and despair.
-
-"What do we wait for, chiefs of the Aucas?" cried the chief who had
-advised retreat, in a shrill, excited tone; "Do you not hear the cries
-of your wives and children calling upon you for succour? Do you not
-see the flames which are consuming your dwellings and devouring your
-harvests? To arms! warriors, to arms!"
-
-"To arms!" the warriors yelled, rising as one man.
-
-Indescribable confusion followed. General Bustamente retired with death
-in his heart.
-
-"Well!" the Linda asked, on seeing him enter, "what is going on? What
-mean these cries and this frightful tumult? Have the Indians revolted?"
-
-"No," the general explained, "Don Tadeo, that demon, bent upon my
-destruction, has disconcerted all my plans. The Indian army is about to
-retreat."
-
-"To retreat!" the Linda cried furiously, and rushing towards
-Antinahuel--
-
-"What! you! you fly! you confess yourself conquered! Don Tadeo de Leon,
-the executioner of your family, is marching against you, and you are
-frightened! Coward! coward! put on petticoats; you are not a warrior!
-you are not a man; you are an old woman."
-
-The Toqui put her back with disdain.
-
-"Woman, you are mad!" he said. "What can one man do against fate? I do
-not fly from my enemy, I go to meet him."
-
-"My sister cannot remain here," he said, in a softened tone; "the camp
-is about to be broken up."
-
-The poor girl followed mechanically, without reply.
-
-A few minutes later the camp was struck, and the Araucanos abandoned
-the impregnable position. At the reiterated entreaties of Bustamente,
-Antinahuel consented to leave a chosen band of eight hundred warriors
-to defend the passage.
-
-Black Stag was a prudent warrior. As soon as the night came on, he
-dispersed scouts in all directions upon the banks of the river.
-Yielding, in spite of himself, to the influence produced by the report
-of the spies, he had, in the first moment, advised retreat; but, upon
-reflection, it was not long before he suspected a _ruse de guerre_.
-
-His suspicions had not deceived him. Between eleven and twelve o'clock
-at night, his scouts came hastily in to warn him that a long line of
-horsemen had lately left the Chilian bank, and were gliding along like
-an immense serpent near the ford. Black Stag had but two hundred and
-fifty warriors armed with guns, so he placed them in the first line
-upon the bank, supported by his lancers. When they deemed them within
-range the Araucano warriors made a discharge upon the horsemen who
-were crossing the river. Several fell. At the same instant four pieces
-of cannon were unmasked on the opposite bank, which spread death and
-terror among the Indians.
-
-A strong detachment had, in the meantime, cleared the ford, and fell
-upon them with the utmost fury. From that time the struggle had no
-equality. The Aucas, notwithstanding their courage, were obliged to
-give ground, leaving nearly two hundred dead on the banks of the river.
-
-The plan conceived by Don Tadeo de Leon had completely succeeded. The
-army of General Fuentes had forced the passage of the Bio Bio. Thus,
-thanks to the ruse employed by the dictator, the ground upon which the
-quarrel was to be decided was changed, and the Aucas were forced to
-defend themselves at home. Instead of invaders, as they wished to be,
-they found themselves, on the contrary, the invaded; the campaign might
-now be terminated by the gaining of a single battle.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XXVIII.
-
-THE HUMAN SACRIFICE.
-
-
-The army commanded by General Fuentes was composed of two thousand
-foot, eight hundred horse, and six pieces of cannon. It was an imposing
-force for these countries, where the population is very small, and
-where infinite pains are often required to raise an army half as
-numerous. As soon as the passage was effected, and the banks cleared of
-the fugitives, the general encamped his troops, resolved to give them
-a few hours' repose before resuming his march to form a junction with
-Don Tadeo de Leon. After giving these orders, as he was entering his
-marquee, an Indian came towards him.
-
-"What do you want, Joan?" asked he.
-
-"The great chief no longer needs me; Joan wishes to return to him who
-sent him."
-
-"You are at liberty to do as you please, my friend; but I think you had
-better accompany the army."
-
-The Indian shook his head.
-
-"I promised my father to return immediately," he said.
-
-"Go, then; I neither can nor wish to detain you; you can report what
-you have seen; a letter might compromise you in case of a surprise."
-
-"I will do as the great chief commands."
-
-"Well, good fortune attend you; but be particularly careful not to be
-taken in passing the enemy's lines."
-
-"Joan will not be taken."
-
-"Farewell! then, my friend," said the general, waving his hand as he
-entered his tent.
-
-Joan took advantage of the permission granted and left the camp without
-delay. The night was dark; the moon was concealed behind thick clouds.
-The Indian directed his course with difficulty in the obscurity.
-He was more than once forced to retrace his steps, and to go wide
-about to avoid places which he thought dangerous. He proceeded thus,
-feeling his way as it were, till daybreak. At the first glimmering
-of dawn he glided like a serpent through the high grass, raising his
-head occasionally, and trembling in spite of himself, for he found
-he had, in the darkness, stumbled upon an Indian encampment. He had,
-inadvertently, got into the midst of the detachment commanded by Black
-Stag, who had succeeded in collecting the remains of his troops, and
-who, at that moment, formed the rearguard of the Araucanian army, whose
-bivouac fires smoked on the horizon, within distance of two leagues at
-the most.
-
-But Joan was not a man to be easily disconcerted; he noticed that
-the sentinels had not yet perceived him, and he did not despair of
-getting out of the scrape he had blundered into. He did not, however
-deceive himself or attempt to fancy his position not critical; but as
-he confronted it coolly, he resolved to do all he could to extricate
-himself, and took his measures accordingly. After reflecting for a
-few seconds, he crept in a direction opposite to that he had before
-followed, stopping at intervals to listen. Everything went on well for
-a few minutes; nothing stirred. A profound silence seemed to hover over
-the country; Joan was beginning to breathe freely; in a few minutes he
-should be safe. Unfortunately, at that moment chance brought Black Stag
-directly before him; the vigilant chief had been making the round of
-his posts. The vice-Toqui turned his horse towards him.
-
-"My brother must be tired; he has crept through the grass like a viper
-so long," he said, with an ironical smile; "he had better change his
-position."
-
-"That is just what I am going to do," said Joan, without displaying the
-least astonishment.
-
-And bounding up like a panther, he leaped upon the horse behind the
-chief, and seized him round the body.
-
-"Help!" Black Stag cried, in a loud voice.
-
-"One word more and you are a dead man!" Joan whispered in a threatening
-tone.
-
-But it was too late; the chief's cry of alarm had been heard, and a
-crowd of warriors hastened to his succour.
-
-"Cowardly dog!" said Joan, who saw his chance was gone, but who did not
-yet despair; "die then!" He plunged his poisoned dagger between his
-shoulders and cast him onto the ground, where the chief writhed in the
-agonies of death, and expired as if struck by thunderbolt. Joan lifted
-his horse with his knees and dashed full speed against the Indians who
-barred his passage. This attempt was a wild one. A warrior armed with a
-gun took a steady aim, the horse rolled upon the ground, with its skull
-crushed, and dragging its rider with it in the fall. Twenty warriors
-rushed upon Joan, and bound him before he could make a movement to
-defend himself. But he had time to conceal the dagger, which the
-Indians did not even think of looking for, as they did not know what
-weapon he had employed.
-
-The death of Black Stag, one of the most respected warriors of the
-nation, threw the Araucanos into a state of consternation. An Ulmen
-immediately took the command in his place, and Joan and a Chilian
-soldier captured in the preceding combat, were sent together to the
-camp of Antinahuel. The latter felt great regret at receiving the news
-of the death of Black Stag; it was more than a friend he had lost, it
-was a right arm!
-
-Antinahuel, in order to reanimate the courage of his people, resolved
-to make an example, and sacrifice the prisoners to Guecubu, the genius
-of evil--a sacrifice which we must admit is becoming more and more rare
-among the Aucas, but to which they have recourse sometimes when they
-wish to strike their enemies with terror, and to prove that they mean
-to carry on a war without mercy. Time pressed, the army must continue
-its march, therefore Antinahuel determined that the sacrifice should
-take place at once.
-
-At some distance beyond the camp the principal Ulmens and warriors
-formed a circle, in the centre of which was planted the Toqui's
-hatchet. The prisoners were brought thither. They were not bound, but
-in derision were mounted upon a horse without ears and without a tail.
-Joan, as the more culpable, was to be sacrificed last, and witness the
-death of his companion as a foretaste. But if at that fatal moment
-everything seemed to have abandoned the valiant Indian, he had not
-abandoned himself.
-
-The Chilian prisoner was a rough soldier, well acquainted with
-Araucanian manners, who knew perfectly what fate awaited him. He was
-placed near the hatchet, with his face turned toward the Chilian
-frontiers. They made him dismount from his horse, placed in his hands
-a bundle of small rods and a pointed stick, with which they obliged
-him to dig a trench, in which to plant one after the other the little
-wands, while pronouncing the names of the Araucano warriors he had
-killed in the course of his long career. To every name the soldier
-pronounced, he added some cutting speech addressed to his enemies who
-replied to him by horrible execrations. When all the wands were planted
-Antinahuel approached.
-
-"The Huinca is a brave warrior," said Antinahuel; "he will fill up this
-trench with earth in order that the glory and valour of which he has
-given proofs during his life may remain buried in this place."
-
-"So be it!" said the soldier; "but you will soon see that the Chilians
-possess more valiant soldiers."
-
-And he carelessly threw the earth into the trench. This terminated,
-the Toqui made him a sign to place himself close to the hatchet; the
-soldier obeyed. Antinahuel raised his club and crushed his skull.
-The poor wretch fell, but was not quite dead, and he struggled
-convulsively. Two machis immediately sprang upon him, opened his breast
-and tore out his heart, which they presented, palpitating as it was, to
-the Toqui. The latter sucked the blood, and then passed the heart to
-the Ulmens, who followed his example.
-
-In the meantime, the crowd of warriors seized upon the carcass, which
-they cut to pieces in a few minutes, reserving the bones to make war
-whistles of. They then placed the head of the prisoner on a pike, and
-danced round it to the sound of a frightful song, accompanied by the
-pipes made from the bones.
-
-Joan's eye and ear were on the watch at the moment when this frightful
-saturnalia were at their apogee, he judged the time propitious, turned
-his horse, and fled as fast as he could. A few minutes confusion
-ensued, of which Joan took full advantage; but the Araucanos hastened
-to pursue him. He soon perceived that the distance between him and his
-enemies rapidly diminished. He was passing by the side of a hill, whose
-steep ascent could not be climbed by horses, and with the quickness of
-conception peculiar to brave men he divined that this would be his only
-chance of safety. He guided his horse so as, in a manner, to brush the
-hill, and get upright in his saddle. The Araucanos came up, uttering
-loud cries. All at once, seizing a strong branch of a tree, he sprang
-from his saddle, and climbed up the branch with the velocity of a tiger
-cat. The warriors shouted with rage and astonishment at beholding this
-extraordinary feat.
-
-Nevertheless, the Araucanos had by no means given up all hopes of
-retaking their prisoner. They left their horses at the foot of the
-mountain, and half a score of the most zealous and active set off
-upon Joan's track. But the latter had now some space in advance. He
-continued to mount, clinging by feet and hands, and only stopping when
-nature commanded to take breath.
-
-But he found that a longer struggle would be useless; that at length he
-was really lost.
-
-The Araucanos came up panting from their long run, brandishing their
-lances and clubs with cries of triumph. They were not more than fifty
-paces from him at the most. At this awful moment Joan heard a voice
-whisper--
-
-"Lower your head!"
-
-He obeyed, without thinking of what was going on around him, or of
-whence this recommendation could come. The sound of four shots rattled
-sharply in his ears, and four Indian warriors rolled lifeless on the
-ground before him. Restored to himself by this unhoped-for succour,
-Joan bounded forward and stabbed one of his adversaries, whilst four
-fresh shots stretched four more upon the earth.
-
-Joan was saved! He looked around him to ascertain to whom he owed his
-life. Valentine, Louis, and the two Indian chiefs stood beside him.
-These were the four friends who, watching from a distance the camp of
-the Araucanos, had witnessed the desperate flight of Joan, and had come
-bravely to his aid.
-
-"Well, Joan, old fellow!" said Valentine, laughing, "you have had a
-narrow escape!"
-
-"Thanks!" said Joan, warmly; "I shall not forget."
-
-"I think we should act wisely if we now placed ourselves in safety,"
-Louis observed.
-
-"Don Louis is right." said Trangoil-Lanec.
-
-The five men plunged into the woods of the mountain; but they had no
-occasion to dread an attack. Antinahuel, upon hearing the reports which
-the warriors who had escaped the Frenchmen's rifles gave of the number
-of enemies they had to combat, was persuaded that the position was
-occupied by a strong detachment of the Chilian army: consequently, he
-struck his camp, and went away in one direction, whilst the adventurers
-escaped in another.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XXIX.
-
-THE KING OF DARKNESS.
-
-
-Don Tadeo de Leon had manoeuvred with the greatest skill and
-promptitude: supporting his left upon the sea, and pivoting upon
-Arauca, the capital of the confederation, he had extended his right
-along the mountains, so as to cut off the communications of the enemy,
-who, by his junction with General Fuentes, found themselves placed
-between two fires.
-
-Antinahuel, deceived by the false message found on Don Ramon, had
-committed the unpardonable fault of raising his camp of the Bio Bio,
-and thus leaving a free passage for General Fuentes. General Bustamente
-had viewed with despair the faults his ally had committed, faults which
-the latter would not allow till it was too late to remedy.
-
-Dona Maria, the woman who had been his evil genius, abandoned him now.
-The Linda, faithful to her hatred, only thought of one thing--to make
-Dona Rosario suffer as much as she could.
-
-Antinahuel had endeavoured to throw himself into the mountains, but all
-his efforts had been in vain, and he had only obtained the result he
-wished to avoid--that is to say, he had placed himself between three
-_corps d'armee_, which, by degrees, closed round him, and had ended by
-placing him in the annoying obligation of fighting upon ground which it
-pleased the enemy to choose instead of in his own country, Don Gregorio
-Peralta closed up his passage towards the sea; Don Tadeo de Leon on the
-side of the Arauca; whilst General Fuentes defended the approach to the
-mountains.
-
-All the marches and counter-marches which led to this result had
-lasted a fortnight. Don Tadeo was anxious to strike a great blow, and
-terminate the war in a single battle. On the day with which we resume
-the course of our narrative, the Araucanos and Chilians were at length
-in presence: Don Tadeo de Leon, shut up in his tent with Don Gregorio,
-General Fuentes, and several other superior officers of his staff, was
-giving them his last orders, when a summons of trumpets was heard from
-without. The Chilians immediately replied; an aide-de-camp entered the
-tent, and announced that the Grand Toqui of the Araucanos demanded an
-interview.
-
-"Do not go, Don Tadeo," said General Fuentes; "it is nothing but some
-villainy these demons have planned."
-
-"I am not of your opinion, general," the dictator replied. "I ought, as
-leader, to seek every means of preventing the effusion of blood; that
-is my duty, and nothing will make me fail in it."
-
-"Caspita!" said Don Gregorio, "you wish to prevent our taking them in
-spite of you."
-
-The place chosen for the conference was a small eminence, situated
-between the two camps. A Chilian flag and an Araucanian flag were
-planted at twenty paces from each other; at the foot of these flags
-forty Aucas lancers on the one side, and a similar number of Chilian
-soldiers placed themselves. When these diverse precautions were taken,
-Don Tadeo, followed by two aides-de-camp advanced toward Antinahuel,
-who came to meet him with two Ulmens. When they arrived near their
-respective soldiers, the two leaders ordered their officers to wait for
-them, and met in the space left free for them. Antinahuel was the first
-to break the silence.
-
-"The Aucas know and venerate my father," he said, bowing courteously;
-"they know that he is good, and loves his Indian children. A cloud has
-arisen between him and his sons; is it impossible to dissipate it?"
-
-"Chief," said Don Tadeo, "the whites have always protected the Indians.
-Often have they given them arms to defend themselves with, corn to feed
-them, and warm clothing to cover them in winter. But the Araucanos are
-ungrateful--when the evil is past they forget the service rendered.
-Why have they today taken up arms against the whites? Let the chief
-reply in his turn; I am ready to hear all he can advance in his
-defence."
-
-"The chief will not defend himself," Antinahuel said, deferentially;
-"he acknowledges his errors; he is convinced of them; he is ready to
-accept the conditions it shall please his white father to impose."
-
-"Tell me, in the first place, what conditions you offer, chief; I shall
-see if they are just."
-
-Antinahuel hesitated, and then said--
-
-"My father knows that his Indian sons are ignorant. A great chief
-of the whites presented himself to them; he offered them immense
-territories, much pillage, and fair women if the Araucanos would
-consent to defend his interests. The Indians are children; they allowed
-themselves to be seduced by this man who deceived them."
-
-"Very well," said Don Tadeo.
-
-"The Indians," Antinahuel continued, "are ready, if my father desires
-it, to give up to him this man."
-
-"Chief," replied Don Tadeo, with indignation, "are these the proposals
-you have to make me? What! Do you pretend to expiate one treachery by
-committing one still greater and more odious? The Araucanian people
-are a chivalrous people, unacquainted with treachery: not one of your
-companions can have possibly suggested anything so infamous; you alone,
-chief, you alone must have conceived it!"
-
-Antinahuel knitted his brows; but quickly resuming his Indian
-impassiveness, he said--
-
-"I have been wrong; my father will pardon me: I wait to hear the
-condition he will impose."
-
-"The conditions are these: the Araucanian army will lay down their
-arms, the two women who are in their camp will be placed this very day
-in my hands, the Grand Toqui, and twelve of the principal Apo-Ulmens,
-shall remain as hostages at Santiago, until I think proper to send them
-back."
-
-A smile, of disdain curled the thin lips of Antinahuel.
-
-"Will my father not impose less harsh conditions?"
-
-"No," Don Tadeo answered, firmly.
-
-The Toqui drew himself up proudly.
-
-"We are ten thousand warriors resolved to die; my father must not drive
-us to despair," he said.
-
-"Tomorrow that army will have fallen under the blows of my soldiers,
-like corn beneath the sickle of the reaper."
-
-"Listen, you who impose such arrogant conditions upon me," the chief
-replied; "do you know who I am--I who have humbled myself before you?"
-
-"Of what consequence is it to me? I will retire."
-
-"One instant more! I am the great-grandson of the Toqui Cadegual; a
-hereditary hatred divides us; I have sworn to kill you, dog! rabbit!
-thief!"
-
-And, with a movement as quick as thought, he drew out his hand, and
-struck Don Tadeo with a dagger full in the breast. But the arm of the
-assassin was seized and dislocated by the iron-muscled hand of the King
-of Darkness, and the weapon was broken like glass against the cuirass
-which he had put on under his clothes, to guard against treachery.
-
-"Do not fire!" he said to the soldiers; "the wretch is sufficiently
-punished, since his execrable project has failed. Go back, assassin!"
-he added, contemptuously; "return and hide your shame among your
-warriors. Begone, unclean dog!"
-
-Without saying a word more, Don Tadeo turned his back and regained his
-camp.
-
-"Oh!" Antinahuel said, stamping with rage, "all is not ended yet!
-Tomorrow I shall have my turn."
-
-"Well," Don Pancho asked, as soon as he saw him, "what have you
-obtained?"
-
-Antinahuel gave him an ironical glance.
-
-"What have I obtained?" he replied; "that man has baffled me."
-
-"Tomorrow we will fight," said the general. "Who knows? All is not lost
-yet."
-
-"Who knows?" the chief exclaimed, violently; "Tomorrow, if it costs me
-all my warriors, that man shall be in my power!"
-
-Without condescending to give any further explanation, the Toqui shut
-himself up in his toldo with some of his chiefs.
-
-Don Tadeo returned to his tent.
-
-"Well!" cried General Fuentes, "I told you to beware of treachery!"
-
-"You are right, general," the dictator replied, with a smile. "But the
-wretch is punished."
-
-"No," the old soldier retorted, somewhat angrily; "when we meet with a
-viper in our path, we crush it without mercy beneath the heel of our
-boot; if we did not, it would rise and bite the imprudent man who had
-spared it or disdained it."
-
-"Come, come, general!" Don Tadeo said, gaily; "you are a bird of
-ill-omen. Think no more about the wretch, other cares call upon us."
-
-The general shook his head with an air of doubt, and went to visit the
-outposts.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XXX.
-
-THE BATTLE OF CONDERKANKI.
-
-
-It was the fourth of October.
-
-The Araucano warriors came out proudly from their entrenchments, and
-drew up in order of battle to the sound of their warlike instruments.
-The Araucanos have a system of battle from which they never deviate:
-this unchangeable order is as follows: the cavalry form the two wings,
-and the infantry is in the centre, divided by battalions. The ranks of
-these battalions are by turns composed of men armed with pikes and men
-armed with clubs, so that between two pikes there is always one club.
-The vice-Toqui commands the right wing, an Apo-Ulmen the left wing. As
-to the Toqui, he flies to all points, exhorting the troops to fight
-courageously for liberty.
-
-The Araucanian army, drawn up as we have described, had an imposing and
-martial appearance. All these warriors knew they were supporting a lost
-cause, that they were marching to an almost certain death, and yet they
-waited impassively, their eyes burning with ardour for the signal for
-battle. Antinahuel, with his right arm tied down to his body by leather
-strap, brandishing a heavy club in his left hand, mounted a magnificent
-courser, as black as jet, which he governed with his knees, and rode
-through the ranks of his warriors.
-
-Before leaving the camp, General Bustamente exchanged a few words with
-the Linda. Their short conversation ended with these words, which did
-not fail to make an impression upon the woman's heart--
-
-"Farewell, senora!" he said, in a melancholy voice; "I am going to
-die--thanks to the bad influence you have exercised over me--in the
-ranks of those to whom my duty orders me to be opposed! I am going to
-die the death of a traitor, hated and despised by all! I pardon you the
-evil you have done me. Repent!--there is still time! Farewell!"
-
-He coldly bowed to the dejected Dona Maria, and rejoined the troop.
-
-The Chilian army was formed in squares of echelons.
-
-At the instant Don Tadeo was leaving his tent he uttered an exclamation
-of joy at beholding two men.
-
-"Don Louis! Don Valentine!" he exclaimed; "you here?"
-
-"Faith! yes, here we are," Valentine replied, laughing; "Caesar and
-all, who has a great inclination to taste an Araucano; haven't you, old
-dog?" he said.
-
-"We thought," said the count, "that on a day like this you could not
-have too many of your friends round you; we have left the two chiefs
-concealed in the woods a short distance off, and have come to you."
-
-"I thank you. You will not leave me, I hope."
-
-"Pardieu! we came on purpose to stick to you."
-
-Don Tadeo ordered each to be furnished with a superb charger, and all
-three set off at a gallop to place themselves in the centre square.
-
-The plain of Conderkanki, into which Don Tadeo had at length succeeded
-in driving the Indians, has the form of an immense triangle. The
-Araucanos occupied the summit of the triangle, and found themselves
-hemmed in between the sea and the mountains.
-
-"Well," Valentine asked Don Tadeo, "is not the battle going to begin?"
-
-"Directly," the latter replied, "and be assured you will find it sharp
-enough."
-
-The dictator then raised his sword. The drums beat, the bugles sounded
-the charge, and the Chilian army advanced at quick step. The signal
-being given, the Araucanos advanced in their turn resolutely, uttering
-frightful yells. As soon as their enemies were within a proper distance
-the Chilian lines opened--a discharge of artillery roared forth its
-thunders, and swept the front ranks of the Araucanos; then the squares
-as suddenly closed, and the soldiers waited in their ranks, with
-bayonets at charge.
-
-The shock was terrible. The Aucas, decimated by the artillery which
-ploughed their ranks, front, flank, and rear, faced about on all
-sides at once, and rushed with fury upon the Chilian bayonets. As
-soon as the first rank succumbed beneath the bullets, the second and
-third resolutely replaced it. And yet the savage warriors retained
-self-command in all their eagerness; they followed with exactness and
-rapidity the orders of their Ulmens, and executed with the greatest
-regularity the various evolutions which were commanded.
-
-In spite of the close discharges of the musketry which cut them to
-pieces, they rushed headlong upon the front ranks of the Chilians, and
-at length attacked them hand to hand. The Chilian cavalry then dashed
-in, and charged them to the very centre.
-
-But General Bustamente had foreseen this movement. On his side he
-executed the same manoeuvre, so that the two bodies of cavalry came in
-contact with a noise like thunder. Calm and cool at the head of his
-squadron, the general charged.
-
-As Don Tadeo had predicted to Valentine, the battle was rudely
-contested along the whole line; the Araucanos, with their tenacity
-which nothing can repel, and their contempt of death, allowed
-themselves to be slaughtered by the Chilian bayonets without yielding.
-Antinahuel was in the van of his warriors, animating them with his
-gestures and his voice.
-
-"What men!" the count could not refrain from exclaiming; "what mad
-rashness!"
-
-"Is it not?" Don Tadeo replied; "They are demons."
-
-"Pardieu!" Valentine cried. "What brave soldiers! Why, they will all be
-killed if they go on so."
-
-"All!" Don Tadeo replied.
-
-The principal efforts of the Araucanians were directed against the
-square where the general-in-chief was, surrounded by his staff. There
-the fight was changed into a butchery; firearms had become useless,
-bayonets, hatchets, sabres, and clubs furrowed breasts and crushed
-skulls. Antinahuel looked around him. His followers were falling like
-ears of ripe corn; the forest of bayonets which barred their passage
-must be broken through at all hazards.
-
-"Aucas!" he cried, in a voice of thunder "forward!"
-
-With a movement rapid as thought, he lifted his horse, made it plunge,
-and hurled it upon the front ranks of the enemy. The breach was opened
-by this stroke of extraordinary audacity; the warriors rushed in after
-him. A frightful carnage ensued--a tumult impossible to be described!
-With every blow a man fell. The Aucas had plunged like a wedge into the
-square, and had broken it.
-
-"Well," Don Tadeo asked of Valentine, "what do you think of these
-adversaries?"
-
-"They are more than men!" he answered.
-
-"Forward, forward! Chili! Chili!" Don Tadeo shouted, urging on his
-horse.
-
-Followed by about fifty men, among whom were the two Frenchmen, he
-plunged into the thickest of the enemy's ranks. Don Gregorio and
-General Fuentes had divined from the persistency with which the
-Araucanos attacked the great square that their object was to take
-the general-in-chief prisoner. Therefore, they had hastened their
-movements, effected their junction, and enclosed the Aucas within a
-circle of steel.
-
-At a glance Antinahuel perceived the critical position in which he was
-placed. He shouted to Bustamente a cry of anxious appeal. He also was
-aware of the dangerous position of the Indian army.
-
-"Let us save our warriors," he shouted.
-
-"We will save them," the Indians howled.
-
-All at once the general found himself immediately opposed to the
-squadron commanded by Don Tadeo.
-
-"Oh!" he cried, "I shall die at last."
-
-From the commencement of the action Joan had fought by the side of Don
-Tadeo, who, intent upon his duties as leader, often neglected to parry
-the blows aimed at him; but the brave Indian parried them for him, and
-seemed to multiply himself for the sake of protecting the man he had
-sworn to defend. Joan instinctively divined the intention of General
-Bustamente.
-
-"Oh!" the general shouted; "my God, I thank thee. I shall not die by
-the hand of a brother."
-
-Joan's horse came full in contact with that of the general.
-
-"Ah! ah!" the latter murmured, "you also are a traitor to your country;
-you also are fighting against your brothers. Die, wretch!"
-
-And he aimed a heavy sabre stroke at the Indian. But Joan avoided it,
-and seized the general round the body. The two horses, abandoned to
-themselves, and rendered furious by the noise of the battle, dragged
-along the two men, who clung to each other like serpents. This furious
-struggle could not last long, and both men rolled on the ground. They
-disengaged themselves from their stirrups, and instantly stood face to
-face. After a contest of skill for a few minutes, the general, who was
-an expert swordsman, succeeded in planting a sabre cut which cleft the
-skull of the Indian; but before falling Joan collected his strength,
-and threw himself headlong upon his antagonist, who was surprised
-by this unexpected attack, and plunged his poisoned dagger into his
-breast. The two enemies staggered for a moment, and then fell, side by
-side--dead!
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XXXI.
-
-CONQUEROR AND PRISONER.
-
-
-On seeing General Bustamente fall, the Chilians uttered a loud cry of
-triumph.
-
-"Poor Joan!" Valentine murmured, as he cleft the skull of an Indian;
-"poor Joan! he was a brave, faithful fellow."
-
-"His death was a glorious one," Louis replied.
-
-"By dying thus bravely," Don Tadeo observed, "Joan has rendered us a
-last service.
-
-"Bah!" Valentine philosophically rejoined, "he is happy. Must we not
-all die, one day or another?"
-
-Valentine was in his element; he had never been present at such a
-festival, he absolutely fought with pleasure.
-
-"Pardieu! we did wisely in quitting France," he said, "there is nothing
-like travelling."
-
-Louis laughed heartily at hearing him moralize.
-
-"You seem to be enjoying yourself, brother," he said.
-
-"Prodigiously." Valentine replied.
-
-His courage was so great, so audacious, so spontaneous, that the
-Chilians looked at him with admiration, and felt themselves electrified
-by his example. Caesar, covered by his master with a kind of cuirass
-of leather and armed with an enormous collar edged with steel points,
-inspired the Indians with the greatest terror--they knew not what to
-make of such a creature.
-
-The battle raged as fiercely as ever; both Chilians and Araucanos
-fought upon heaps of carcases. The Indians gave up all hopes of
-conquering, but they did not even think of flying; resolved all to die,
-they determined to sell their lives as dearly as possible, and fought
-with the terrible despair of brave men who neither expect nor ask for
-quarter. The Chilian army drew nearer and nearer around them. A few
-minutes more and the Araucano army would have ceased to exist.
-
-Antinahuel shed tears of rage; he felt his heart bursting in his breast
-at seeing his dearest companions thus fall around him. All these men,
-the victims of the ambition of their chief, died without a complaint,
-without a reproach. Suddenly a smile of strange character curled his
-thin lips; he beckoned to the Ulmens, who were fighting near him, and
-exchanged a few words.
-
-After making a sign of acquiescence in reply to the orders they had
-received, the Ulmens immediately regained their respective posts, and
-during some minutes the battle continued to rage with the same fury.
-But all at once a mass of fifteen hundred Indians simultaneously rushed
-with inexpressible force against the centre squadron, in which Don
-Tadeo fought, and enveloped it on all sides.
-
-"Caramba!" shouted Valentine, "we are surrounded! Mon Dieu! we must
-disengage ourselves, or these demons will cut us up."
-
-And he dashed headlong into the thickest of the combatants, followed by
-the rest of his party. After a hot struggle of three or four minutes,
-they were safe and sound outside of the fatal circle.
-
-"Hum!" said Valentine, "rather sharp work. But, thank God, here we are."
-
-"Yes," the count replied, "we have had a narrow escape! But where is
-Don Tadeo?"
-
-"That is true," Valentine observed. "Oh," he added, striking his brow
-with anger, "I see it all now. Quick, to the rescue!"
-
-The two young men placed themselves at the head of the horsemen who
-accompanied them, and rode back furiously into the _melee_. They soon
-perceived the person they were in search of; Don Tadeo, supported by
-only four or five men, was fighting desperately.
-
-"Hold out! hold out!" Valentine shouted.
-
-"We are here! Courage, we are here!" the count cried.
-
-Their voices reached Don Tadeo, and he smiled.
-
-"Thanks," he replied despondingly; "but all is useless. I am lost."
-
-"Caramba!" said Valentine, biting his moustache with rage; "I will save
-him, or perish with him."
-
-And he redoubled his efforts. In vain the Aucas warriors opposed his
-passage, every stroke of his sabre cut down a man. At length the
-impetuosity of the two Frenchmen prevailed over the courage of the
-Indians, and they penetrated into the circle--Don Tadeo had disappeared.
-
-All at once, the Indian army, feeling, no doubt, the impossibility of
-maintaining a longer contest with superior forces which threatened to
-annihilate them, dispersed.
-
-The victory of the Chilians was brilliant, and, probably, for a long
-time the Araucanos would have no inclination to recommence a war.
-Of ten thousand warriors who had formed their line of battle, the
-Indians had left seven thousand on the field. General Bustamente, the
-instigator of this war, was killed; his body was found with the dagger
-still sticking in his breast; and, strange coincidence! The pommel of
-the dagger bore the distinctive sign of the Dark Hearts.
-
-The results obtained by the winning of this battle were immense.
-Unfortunately, these results were lessened, if not compromised, by a
-public disaster of immense consequence, which was the disappearance,
-and perhaps the death, of Don Tadeo de Leon, the only man whose energy
-and severity of principles could save the country. The Chilian army in
-the midst of its triumph was plunged in grief.
-
-The army encamped upon the field of battle; Valentine, the count, and
-Don Gregorio, passed the whole night in searching amongst this immense
-charnel house, upon which the vultures had already fallen with hideous
-cries of joy. The three men had the courage to lift and examine heaps
-of carcases; but all without success, they could not find the body of
-their friend.
-
-The next morning at daybreak the army set forward on its march towards
-the Bio Bio, to re-enter Chili. It took with it, as hostages, thirty
-Ulmens.
-
-"Come with us," said Don Gregorio; "now our friend is dead, you can
-have nothing more to do."
-
-"I am not of your opinion," Valentine replied; "I do not think Don
-Tadeo is dead."
-
-"What makes you suppose that?" Don Gregorio asked; "have you any
-proofs?"
-
-"Unfortunately, none."
-
-"And yet you must have some reason?"
-
-"Why, yes, I have one."
-
-"Then tell it me."
-
-"I am afraid it will appear futile to you."
-
-"Well, but tell it me, nevertheless."
-
-"Well, since you insist upon it, I must confess that I feel a secret
-presentiment."
-
-"Upon what do you ground that supposition? You are too intelligent to
-jest."
-
-"You only do me justice. I perceived the absence of Don Tadeo. I went
-back again, in quick time. Don Tadeo, though closely pressed, was
-fighting vigorously, and I shouted out to him to stand his ground."
-
-"And did he hear you?"
-
-"Certainly he did, for he answered me. I redoubled my efforts--he had
-disappeared, and left no traces behind."
-
-"And you thence conclude--"
-
-"That his numerous enemies seized him and carried him off."
-
-"But who can tell whether, after having killed him, they have not
-carried away the body?"
-
-"Why should they do that? Don Tadeo dead, could only inconvenience
-them, whereas, as prisoner, they probably hope that by restoring him to
-liberty. Or perhaps, by threatening to kill him, they will have their
-hostages given up."
-
-Don Gregorio was struck with the justness of this reasoning.
-
-"It is possible," he replied; "there is a great deal of truth in what
-you say--what do you mean to do?"
-
-"A very simple thing, my friend. In the environs are concealed two
-Indian chiefs."
-
-"Well?"
-
-"These men are devoted to Louis and me, and they will serve us as
-guides."
-
-Don Gregorio looked at him for an instant in deep emotion, and tears
-glistened in his eyes; he took the young man's hand pressed it warmly,
-and said, in a voice tremulous with tenderness--
-
-"Don Valentine, pardon me I did not know you; I have not appreciated
-your heart at its just value. Don Valentine, will you permit me to
-embrace you?"
-
-"With all my heart, my brave friend," the young man replied.
-
-"Then you are going?" Don Gregorio resumed.
-
-"Immediately."
-
-"Come on," said Valentine to his foster brother, as he whistled to
-Caesar and clapped spurs to his horse.
-
-"I am with you," Louis replied, promptly.
-
-And they set off.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XXXII.
-
-AFTER THE BATTLE.
-
-
-For some time the young men followed at a distance the march of the
-Chilian army, which advanced slowly, though in good order, towards the
-Bio Bio. They crossed, at a foot's pace, the plain where the day before
-the sanguinary battle had been fought between the Indians and the
-Chilians.
-
-"Why do we not hasten to quit this accursed place?" Valentine asked.
-
-"We have a duty to fulfil," Louis replied solemnly.
-
-"A duty to fulfil?" said Valentine.
-
-"Yes," the young me continued, "would you leave our poor Joan without
-sepulture?"
-
-"Thank you for having reminded me of it; oh, you are better than I am,
-you forget nothing."
-
-"Do not calumniate yourself."
-
-In a short time they arrived at the spot where Joan and General
-Bustamente had fallen. The foster brothers remained for a few instants,
-drew their sabres and dug a deep hole, in which they buried the two
-enemies.
-
-"Farewell!" said Valentine. "Farewell, Joan! Sleep in peace, at the
-spot where you valiantly fought; the remembrance of you will not be
-easily effaced."
-
-"Farewell, Joan!" said the count, in his turn. "Sleep in peace, good
-friend."
-
-Caesar had watched with intelligent attention the movements of his
-masters; at this moment he placed his forepaws upon the grave, smelt
-the earth, and then gave two lugubrious howls.
-
-The young men felt their spirits very much depressed; they remounted
-their horses silently, and after having taken one last farewell look at
-the spot where the brave Araucano lay, they departed.
-
-They had by degrees diverged a little towards the right to get nearer
-to the mountains and were following a narrow path traced along the
-rather sharp descent of a wooded hill. Caesar suddenly pricked up his
-ears, and sprang forward, wagging his tail.
-
-"We are getting near," said Louis.
-
-"Yes," Valentine replied, laconically.
-
-They soon reached a place where the path formed a bend, round which
-the Newfoundland disappeared. After passing this elbow, the Frenchmen
-suddenly found themselves in front of a fire, before which a quarter
-of a guanaco was roasting; two men, reclined upon the grass at a short
-distance, were smoking comfortably, whilst Caesar, gravely seated on
-his tail, followed with a jealous eye the progress of the cooking of
-the guanaco. These two men were Curumilla and Trangoil-Lanec. At the
-sight of their friends, the Frenchmen dismounted. Valentine led the
-horses up to those of the Indians, hobbled them, unsaddled them, and
-gave them some provender; then he took his place by the fire. Not a
-word had been exchanged between the four men.
-
-"Well?" Trangoil-Lanec asked, at length.
-
-"The battle has been a fierce one," Valentine replied.
-
-"I know it has," said the Indian, shaking his head; "the Araucanos are
-conquered; I saw them flying."
-
-"They supported a bad cause," observed Curumilla.
-
-"They are our brothers," Trangoil-Lanec said.
-
-Curumilla bowed his head at this reproach.
-
-"He who placed arms in their hands is dead," said Valentine.
-
-"Good! And does my brother know the name of the warrior who killed him?"
-
-"Yes, I know it," Valentine said mournfully.
-
-"Let my brother tell me that name that I may keep it in my memory."
-
-"Joan, our friend, killed that man."
-
-"That is true," said Curumilla; "but why is not Joan here?"
-
-"My brothers will never see Joan again," said Valentine.
-
-The two chiefs exchanged a look of sorrow.
-
-"He had a noble heart," they murmured.
-
-"Yes," added Valentine; "and he was a friend."
-
-A short silence ensued; then the two chiefs suddenly rose and went
-towards their horses, without speaking a word.
-
-"Where are our brothers going?" the count asked.
-
-"To give sepulture to a warrior; the body of Joan must not become the
-prey of urubus," Trangoil-Lanec replied, gravely.
-
-"My brothers can take their places again," Louis said.
-
-The chiefs re-seated themselves silently.
-
-"Do Trangoil-Lanec and Curumilla know their brothers so ill," Louis
-continued, "as to suppose they would leave the body of a friend without
-sepulture? Joan was buried by us before we rejoined our brothers."
-
-"Good!" said Trangoil-Lanec.
-
-"The Muruches are not Huincas," Curumilla said.
-
-"But a great misfortune has happened to us," Louis continued
-sorrowfully; "Don Tadeo, our dearest friend--"
-
-"Well?" Curumilla interrupted.
-
-"He is dead," said Valentine; "he was killed in the battle yesterday."
-
-"Is my brother certain of what he states?"
-
-"At least I suppose so, as his body has not been found."
-
-"Let my brothers be consoled," said the Ulmen; "the Great Eagle of the
-Whites is not dead."
-
-"Does the chief know that?" the two young men exclaimed in a breath.
-
-"I do know it," replied Trangoil-Lanec. "Let my brothers listen.
-Curumilla and I are chiefs in our tribe; if our opinions prevented us
-from fighting for Antinahuel, they prevented us also from bearing arms
-against our nation. Our friends wished to go and join the Great Eagle;
-we left them to act as they pleased. They wished to protect a friend;
-they were right. We allowed them to go; but after their departure we
-thought of the young maiden of the palefaces, and we reflected that if
-the Aucas lost the battle, the maiden, according to the orders of the
-Toqui, would be the first placed in safety; in consequence we squatted
-among the bushes by the side of the road which, according to all
-probability, the mosotones would take when flying with their charge.
-The battle lasted long; as they always do, the Aucas died bravely."
-
-"You may justly be proud of them, chief," Valentine exclaimed warmly.
-
-"For that reason they are called Aucas--free men," replied
-Trangoil-Lanec.
-
-"Suddenly a noise like thunder struck our ears, and between twenty and
-thirty mosotones passed by us like the wind. They took with them two
-women; one was the viper face, and the other the blue-eyed maiden."
-
-"Oh!" the count exclaimed.
-
-"A few minutes later," Trangoil-Lanec continued, "another troop, much
-more numerous than the first, arrived with equal swiftness; this was
-led by Antinahuel in person."
-
-"He is wounded," Valentine observed.
-
-"By his side galloped the Great Eagle of the Whites."
-
-"Was he wounded?" Louis asked, anxiously.
-
-"No, he carried himself upright."
-
-"Oh! if he is not dead, we will save him."
-
-"Save him? Yes, Don Valentine."
-
-"When shall we take the track?"
-
-"At daybreak. We will save the daughter, and we will deliver the
-father," said Trangoil-Lanec.
-
-"Good, chief," Valentine replied with delight; "I am happy to hear you
-speak so; all is not lost yet."
-
-"Far from it," said the Ulmen.
-
-"Now, my brothers, that we feel reassured," Louis observed, "if you
-will take my advice, we will enjoy a few hours of repose."
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XXXIII.
-
-FIRST HOURS OF CAPTIVITY.
-
-
-Trangoil-Lanec had not been deceived, it was really Don Tadeo whom
-he had seen galloping by the side of the Toqui. The King of Darkness
-was not dead, he was not even wounded, but he was the prisoner of
-Antinahuel.
-
-After Don Tadeo saw his faithful followers fall one after the other
-by his side, and he was left alone, he still continued fighting. It
-was then that he heard the cries of encouragement from Valentine and
-the count. Antinahuel had also heard the shouts of the Frenchmen, and
-on seeing the incredible efforts they made to succour their friend,
-he perceived that if he delayed the capture, his prey would escape
-him; hence he tore off his poncho and threw it skilfully over the head
-of Don Tadeo, who, blinded and embarrassed in the folds of the ample
-woollen vestment, was disarmed.
-
-Antinahuel, whilst flying with the swiftness of an arrow, contrived to
-rally around him a good number of horsemen, so that at the end of about
-twenty minutes, he found himself at the head of five hundred warriors.
-The Toqui formed of these warriors a compact squadron, and turning
-round several times, like a tiger pursued by the hunters, he charged
-the Chilian horse vigorously. When arrived at a certain distance, and
-the conquerors had renounced the pursuit, he stopped to look after his
-prisoner, and allow his troop to take breath.
-
-Since his capture Don Tadeo had given no signs of life, and Antinahuel
-feared with reason that, deprived of air, and shaken by the rapidity
-and roughness of the course, he should find him in a dangerous state.
-He hastened to untie the lasso, the numerous twists of which cut the
-prisoner in all parts of his body, and then took off the poncho which
-covered him--Don Tadeo had fainted. Want of air alone caused this
-result, so that as soon as he breathed freely he opened his eyes. At
-this happy result a smile of indefinable meaning lighted the features
-of the Toqui for a second.
-
-Don Tadeo cast around a look of astonishment, and appeared to sink into
-deep reflection; memory, however, returned by degrees, he recollected
-what had taken place, and how he came into the hands of the chief. He
-rose crossed his arms upon his breast, and looking steadfastly at the
-great chief--waited.
-
-"Does my father feel himself better?"
-
-"Yes," Don Tadeo replied laconically.
-
-"Can we then set on again?"
-
-"Is it for me to give you orders?"
-
-"If my father were not sufficiently recovered to sit on horseback we
-would wait a little."
-
-"Oh, oh!" said Don Tadeo.
-
-"I should be very sorry if any inconvenience befell my father."
-
-Don Tadeo shrugged his shoulders disdainfully, and Antinahuel resumed--
-
-"We are about to depart; will my father give me his word of honour not
-to attempt to escape? If he do so, I will allow him to be free amongst
-us."
-
-"Will you have faith in my word?"
-
-"I am but a poor Indian, my father is a caballero."
-
-"Before I reply, tell me whither you are taking me."
-
-"I am taking my father to the country of the Puelches, my brothers."
-
-A feeling of joy rushed into the prisoner's heart, he should see his
-daughter.
-
-"How long is this journey likely to last?"
-
-"Only three days."
-
-"I give you my word of honour not to attempt to escape for three days."
-
-"Good," the chief replied, in a solemn voice.
-
-"When my father is ready, we will depart," Antinahuel said.
-
-Don Tadeo mounted, the Toqui followed his example, and the troop set
-off at a smart pace.
-
-
-The sun had sunk low in the horizon when the chief commanded a halt.
-The spot was admirably chosen; it was a narrow valley, situated on
-the not very high summit of a hill, the position of which rendered a
-surprise almost impossible.
-
-Antinahuel seemed to have forgotten his hatred for Don Tadeo; he spoke
-to him with the greatest deference. Confiding in his word of honour,
-he left him entirely free. As soon as the repast was terminated,
-sentinels were placed, and everyone sought repose. Don Tadeo in vain
-courted sleep, for a too powerful anxiety devoured him to allow him to
-close his eyes. Seated at the foot of a tree, his head reclining on his
-breast, he passed the whole night in reflecting upon the strange events
-which for some months passed had assailed him.
-
-The rising sun found him plunged in these sad thoughts, and sleep had
-not for an instant closed his weary eyelids. But everybody was in
-motion in the camp; the horses were saddled, and after a hasty repast
-the march was continued. The day passed away without any incident
-worthy of being recorded. In the evening they encamped, as they had
-done the night before, on the summit of a hill; the sole difference was
-that, as the Araucanos now knew themselves to be beyond the danger of a
-surprise, they did not take such great precautions as on the preceding
-occasion; but still they raised entrenchments.
-
-Don Tadeo, overcome by fatigue, sank into a leaden sleep, from which he
-was not roused till the moment for departure.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XXXIV.
-
-THE ULTIMATUM.
-
-
-Antinahuel had rejoined the mosotones to whom he had confided Dona
-Rosario two days previously. The two troops now formed but one. The
-Toqui had at first entertained the intention of crossing the first
-plateau of the Andes. But the battle they had lost had produced
-terrible consequences; their principal tolderias had been burned by the
-Spaniards, their towns sacked, and the inhabitants either killed or
-carried away. Such as had been able to fly had at first wandered about
-the woods without an object; but as soon as they learned that the Toqui
-had succeeded in escaping, they re-assembled, and sent envoys to him to
-demand assistance.
-
-Antinahuel rejoiced at the movement of reaction which was going on
-among his countrymen. He changed his itinerary, and had, at the head
-of a hundred men only, returned back in the direction of the Bio Bio;
-whilst by his order his other warriors dispersed throughout the Aucas
-territory for the purpose of rousing the people to arms. The Toqui
-had no intention now of extending the Araucanian dominions; his only
-desire now was to obtain, arms in hand, a peace which might not be too
-disadvantageous for his country.
-
-For a reason only known to Antinahuel, Don Tadeo and Rosario were
-completely ignorant that they were so near to each other.
-
-Antinahuel had pitched his camp at the summit of the mountain, where
-some days before he had been with the whole Indian army, in the strong
-position which commanded the ford of the Bio Bio.
-
-It was about two o'clock in the afternoon. With the exception of a few
-Araucanian sentinels, leaning motionless upon their long lances, the
-camp appeared a desert; silence reigned everywhere. Suddenly a trumpet
-call was sounded from the opposite side of the river. The Ulmen charged
-with the care of the advanced posts ordered a reply to be sounded,
-and went out to inquire the cause. Three horsemen, clothed in rich
-uniforms, stood upon the bank; close to them was a trumpeter, waving a
-flag of truce. The Ulmen hoisted a similar flag, and advanced into the
-water to meet the horsemen.
-
-"What do the chiefs of the white faces want?" the Ulmen asked,
-haughtily.
-
-One of the horsemen immediately replied--
-
-"Go and tell the Toqui that a general officer has an important
-communication to make to him."
-
-The wild eye of the Indian flashed at this insult; but he said,
-disdainfully--
-
-"I will go and inquire whether our great Toqui is disposed to receive
-you; but I much doubt whether he will condescend to listen to
-Cheapolo-Huincas."
-
-"Fool!" the other replied angrily; "make haste."
-
-"Be patient, Don Gregorio, in Heaven's name!" one of the two officers
-exclaimed.
-
-At the expiration of a few minutes a sign was made from the bank that
-the Chilians might advance. Antinahuel, seated under the shade of a
-magnificent espino, awaited the officers. They stopped before him, and
-remained motionless.
-
-"What is your will?" he asked, in a stern voice.
-
-"Listen to my words, and mark them carefully," Don Gregorio replied.
-
-"Speak, and be brief," said Antinahuel.
-
-Don Gregorio shrugged his shoulders disdainfully,
-
-"Don Tadeo de Leon is in your hands," he said.
-
-"Yes; the man is my prisoner."
-
-"Very well. If tomorrow, by the third hour of the day, he is not given
-up to us safe and sound, the hostages we have taken, and more than
-eighty others, will be shot within sight of the two camps."
-
-"You will do as you please, but this man shall die!" the chief replied,
-coldly.
-
-"Oh! that is the case, is it? Very well! I, Don Gregorio Peralta, swear
-to you, on my part, that I will strictly keep the promise I have made
-you."
-
-
-And turning his horse sharply round he departed.
-
-And yet there was more bravado than anything else in the threat made by
-Antinahuel. If pride had not prevented him, he would have renewed the
-parley. He returned to his camp buried in thought, and went straight
-to his toldo. The Linda, who was seated in a corner upon sheepskins,
-was as much absorbed in thought as the chief; Dona Rosario had fallen
-asleep. At the sight of the young girl the chief experienced a peculiar
-emotion, the blood flowed back forcibly to his heart, and springing
-towards her, he imprinted a burning kiss upon her half-open lips, Dona
-Rosario, suddenly awakened, bounded to the extremity of the toldo,
-uttering a cry of terror.
-
-"What is the meaning of all this?" the chief exclaimed angrily; "Whence
-comes this terror?"
-
-And he took several steps towards her.
-
-"Advance no further! advance no further! in Heavens name!" she shrieked.
-
-"What is the use of all this folly? You are mine."
-
-"Never!" she said, in an agony of grief.
-
-"Nonsense!" he said; "I am not a paleface, the tears of women have no
-effect upon me."
-
-And he advanced again towards her. The Linda, still apparently buried
-in her reflections, seemed not to be aware of what was going on.
-
-"Senora, senora!" the maiden cried; "in the name of all that is sacred
-defend me, I implore you!"
-
-The Linda raised her head, looked at her coldly, and, with a dry
-nervous laugh, said--
-
-"Have I not told you what you had to expect?"
-
-Then she thrust her roughly from her.
-
-"Oh!" cried Dona Rosario, in a piercing voice, "maldicion on you,
-heartless woman!"
-
-Again the chief approached, and again his victim darted to the other
-side of the apartment, but unfortunately as she passed he caught her
-dress in his iron grasp. And now the noble energy that never deserts
-virtue in distress returned to her. She drew herself up proudly, and
-fixed her eyes steadfastly on her pursuer. "Stand back!" she cried,
-brandishing her dagger. "Stand back! or I will kill myself!"
-
-In spite of himself the demon stood motionless. He was convinced that
-it was not a vain threat the girl uttered. At that moment the hideous,
-scarred, grinning face of the Linda was bent towards his ear.
-
-"Appear to yield," she whispered; "I will tame her, leave her to me!"
-
-Antinahuel looked at her with a suspicious eye. The Linda smiled.
-
-"Do you promise me?" he said, in a hoarse voice.
-
-"On my soul I do," she replied.
-
-In the meantime Dona Rosario--her arm elevated and her body bent
-forward--awaited the denouement of this frightful scene. With a
-facility which the Indians alone possess, Antinahuel composed his
-countenance so as entirely to change its expression.
-
-"My sister will pardon me," he said, in a soft voice; "I was mad,
-reason is restored to my mind."
-
-After again bowing to the young lady, who did not know to what to
-attribute this sudden change, he left the toldo.
-
-Upon reflection, Antinahuel resolved to strike his camp and depart.
-
-The Linda and Dona Rosario were sent in advance, under the guard of
-some mosotones. The young girl, weakened by the terrible emotions she
-had undergone, could scarcely sit her horse; a burning fever had seized
-her. "I am thirsty--so thirsty!" she murmured.
-
-At a sign from the Linda one of the mosotones approached her, and
-unfastened a gourd.
-
-"Let my sister drink," he said.
-
-The maiden seized the gourd eagerly, applied it to her lips, and drank
-a large draught.
-
-"Good!" said the Linda to herself.
-
-"Thank you," Dona Rosario murmured, restoring the gourd almost empty.
-But ere long her eyes gradually grew heavy, and she sank back,
-murmuring in a faint voice--
-
-"Good Heaven! what can be the matter with me? I am dying."
-
-One of the mosotones caught her in his arms, and placed her before him
-on his saddle. All at once she for a moment recovered herself as if by
-an electric shock, opened her eyes, and cried with a piercing voice,
-"Help, help!" and relapsed into insensibility.
-
-On hearing this agonised cry, the Linda, in spite of herself, felt her
-heart fail her, but quickly recovering, she said, with a bitter smile--
-
-"Am I growing foolish?"
-
-She made a sign to the mosotone who carried Dona Rosario to draw
-nearer, and examined her attentively.
-
-"She is asleep," she muttered, with an expression of satisfied hatred;
-"when she awakes I shall be avenged."
-
-At this moment Antinahuels position was very critical. Too weak to
-attempt anything serious against the Chilians, whom he wished to
-induce to make a peace advantageous for his country, he endeavoured to
-gain time by moving about on the frontier, so that his enemies, not
-knowing where to find him, could not force conditions upon him which
-he ought not to accept. Although the Aucas responded to the appeal of
-his emissaries, and rose eagerly to come and join his ranks, it was
-necessary to give the tribes, most of them remote, time to concentrate
-upon the point he had named.
-
-On their side the Spaniards, whose internal tranquillity was for the
-future secured by the death of General Bustamente, had very little
-desire to carry on a war which had no longer any interest for them.
-They stood in need of peace to repair the evils created by the civil
-war, they therefore confined themselves to arming their frontiers, and
-endeavoured by every means to bring about serious conferences with
-the principal Araucan chiefs. Don Gregorio Peralta had been blamed
-for the threat he had so hastily made to Antinahuel, and he himself
-acknowledged the folly of his conduct when he heard of the Toquis
-departure with his prisoner. Another system had in consequence been
-adopted. Only ten of the principal chiefs were detained as hostages.
-The others, well instructed and loaded with presents, were set at
-liberty. Everything rendered it probable that these chiefs on their
-return to their respective tribes would employ their influence to
-conclude a peace, and unmask before the council the proceedings of
-Antinahuel, proceedings which had brought the nation to the verge of
-ruin.
-
-The Araucanos are passionate in their love of liberty; for them every
-consideration gives way to that of being free. Hence it was easy to
-foresee that the Aucas, in spite of their veneration for their Toqui,
-would not hesitate to depose him when their chiefs on the one part and
-the friendly captains on the other, made it clear to them that that
-liberty was compromised, and that they exposed themselves to being
-deprived of it forever, and falling under the Spanish yoke if they
-continued their aggressive policy.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XXXV.
-
-A FURY.
-
-
-After a march of five or six leagues at most, Antinahuel ordered his
-troop to bivouac. The warriors who accompanied him were almost all of
-his own tribe. As soon as the fires were lighted the Linda approached
-him.
-
-"I have kept my promise," she said.
-
-"Then, the young girl----?" he asked.
-
-"Is asleep!" she replied, with a hideous smile.
-
-"Good," he murmured, joyfully, and bent his steps towards the toldo,
-erected in haste, beneath which his victim had been transported. "No,"
-he said, "presently!" and then turning to his accomplice added, "For
-how long a time has my sister sent the young girl to sleep?"
-
-"She will not awake before daybreak."
-
-A smile of satisfaction lit up the chief's features.
-
-"That is well--my sister is skilful, and I should like to show my
-sister," he continued, "that I am not ungrateful, and that I also keep
-my word faithfully."
-
-The Linda fixed a searching look upon him.
-
-"Of what word is my brother speaking?"
-
-"My sister has an enemy whom she has pursued for a long time, without
-being able to destroy him," Antinahuel said, with a smile.
-
-"Don Tadeo?"
-
-"Yes, and that enemy is also mine."
-
-"Well?"
-
-"He is in my power."
-
-"Don Tadeo is my brother's prisoner?"
-
-"He is here."
-
-"At last," she cried, triumphantly. "Then I will repay him all the
-tortures he has inflicted upon me."
-
-"Yes; she is at liberty to make him undergo all the insults her
-inventive spirit can furnish her with."
-
-"Oh!" she cried, in a voice that almost made the hardened chief
-shudder, "I will only inflict one punishment upon him, but it shall be
-terrible."
-
-"But be careful, woman." Antinahuel replied; "be careful not to let
-your hatred carry you too far; this man's life is mine, and I will
-deprive him of it with my own hands."
-
-"Oh!" she said, with a hideous, mocking laugh, "do not be afraid; I
-will return your victim to you safe and sound. I am not a man--my
-weapon is my tongue."
-
-"Yes; but that weapon is double-edged,"
-
-"I will restore him to you, I tell you."
-
-"There," the chief replied, pointing to a hut made of branches; "but
-beware forget not what I said."
-
-"I will not forget," she retorted, with a savage leer.
-
-And she sprang towards the hut.
-
-"It is only women that know how to hate," Antinahuel murmured, looking
-after her.
-
-A score of warriors waited for their chief at the entrance of the camp.
-He sprang into his saddle and departed with them.
-
-Although through pride he had allowed nothing to appear, the threats of
-Don Gregorio had produced a strong impression upon Antinahuel. He had
-reason to fear that the Chilian officer would massacre his prisoners
-and hostages. The consequences of this action would be terrible to him,
-and would make him lose beyond recovery the prestige he still enjoyed
-among his compatriots; therefore, forced for the first time in his life
-to bend, he had resolved to retrace his steps, and confer with this man.
-
-Endowed with great finesse, Antinahuel flattered himself he could
-obtain from Don Gregorio a delay which would enable him to sacrifice
-his prisoner without being called to an account for it. But time
-pressed.
-
-It was scarcely eight o'clock in the evening, and Antinahuel had but
-six leagues to ride; he flattered himself, therefore, that if nothing
-thwarted his plans, he should arrive long before the time, and even
-return to his camp ere sunrise.
-
-We have said that the Linda entered the hut which sheltered Don Tadeo.
-She found him seated upon a heap of dry leaves in a corner of the hut,
-his back leaning against a tree, his arms crossed upon his breast, and
-his head drooping on his chest. Absorbed by the bitter thoughts which
-weighed upon his heart, he did not perceive the entrance of the Linda,
-who, standing motionless within two paces of him, contemplated him with
-an expression of rage and satisfied hatred.
-
-"Well?" said a shrill, incisive voice, "What are you thinking of, Don
-Tadeo?"
-
-He started at the too well-known sound, and raised his head.
-
-"Ah!" he replied, bitterly, "is that you? I wondered I had not seen you
-before."
-
-"It is strange, is it not?" she replied. "Well, we are once more face
-to face."
-
-"Like a hyena, the odour of blood attracts you."
-
-"Who--I, Don Tadeo? You mistake my character strangely. No, no; am I
-not your wife--the woman whom you loved so much?"
-
-Don Tadeo shrugged his shoulders with an expression of disgust.
-
-"You ought to be grateful for what I do," she replied.
-
-"Listen to me," said Don Tadeo, "your insults can never rise to the
-height of my contempt. Do, act, speak, insult me, invent the most
-atrocious calumnies your infernal genius can inspire, I will not answer
-you! Concentrated in myself, your insults, like a vain sound, will
-strike my ear without my mind making the least effort to understand
-them."
-
-"Oh!" she cried, "I know well how to compel you to listen to me, my
-beloved husband. You men are all alike! You arrogate to yourselves
-all the rights, as you have done all the virtues! We are contemptible
-beings, creatures without heart; condemned to be your very humble
-servants, and to endure, with a smile upon our lips, all the insults
-you please to heap upon us! It was I who was always wrong; you are
-right; it was I who stole your child from you, was it not?"
-
-At the end of a minute she resumed--
-
-"Come, let there be no feigning between us; let us speak for the last
-time openly. You are the prisoner of your most implacable enemy; the
-most frightful tortures await you. In a few instants, perhaps, the
-punishment which threatens you will fall like a thunderbolt upon your
-proud head. Well, I can enable you to escape this punishment; that
-life, which you now reckon only by seconds, I can restore to you,
-happy, long, and glorious! In a word, I can with one sentence, one
-gesture, one sign, restore you to liberty immediately! I only ask one
-thing of you--I mistake, not a thing, a word--utter that word, Don
-Tadeo, where is my daughter?"
-
-Don Tadeo shrugged his shoulders, but made no reply.
-
-"Oh!" she exclaimed, with a gesture of fury, "this man is a bar of
-iron; nothing can touch him--no words are sufficiently strong to move
-him! Demon! demon! oh, with what joy I could tear you to pieces! But
-no," she added, after a moment's pause, "I am wrong, Don Tadeo; pardon
-me, I know not what I say; grief makes me mad! Have pity on me! I am
-a woman--I am a mother. I adore my child, my poor little girl whom I
-have not seen so long, who has lived deprived of my kisses and my love!
-Restore her to me, Don Tadeo. See, I am on my knees at your feet! I
-supplicate you, I weep! Don Tadeo, restore me my child!"
-
-She cast herself at the feet of Don Tadeo, and seized his poncho.
-
-"Begone, senora, begone!"
-
-"And is that all?" she cried, in a choked, husky voice; "Is that all? I
-implore you, I drag myself panting with grief through the dust at your
-feet, and you laugh at me. Prayers and threats are equally powerless
-with you. Beware, Don Tadeo, beware!"
-
-Don Tadeo smiled disdainfully.
-
-"What punishment can you impose upon me more terrible than your
-presence?" he said.
-
-"Senseless man!" she resumed; "Fool! Do you imagine, then, that you
-alone are in my power?"
-
-"What do you mean by that?" Don Tadeo cried, starting up.
-
-"Ah, ah!" she exclaimed, with an expression of ferocious joy, "I have
-hit the mark this time, have I?"
-
-"Speak, speak!" he exclaimed, in great agitation.
-
-"And suppose I should not please to do so?" she replied ironically. And
-she laughed like a demon.
-
-"But no," she continued, in a bitterly sarcastic tone, "I cannot bear
-malice: come along with me, Don Tadeo; I will lead you to her whom you
-have so long sought for in vain, and whom but for me you would never
-see again. And see how generous I am," she added, jeeringly. "Come
-along with me, Don Tadeo."
-
-She hastily left the hut, and Don Tadeo followed her, struck by a
-horrible presentiment.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XXXVI.
-
-A THUNDERCLAP.
-
-
-The Araucanos, spread about the camp, saw with surprise these two
-persons, both in apparent agitation, pass them. Dona Maria rushed into
-the toldo, followed by Don Tadeo. Dona Rosario was fast asleep upon
-a bed of dry leaves, covered with sheepskins. She had the appearance
-of a dead person. Don Tadeo, deceived by this, sprang towards her,
-exclaiming in a tone of despair--
-
-"She is dead! oh, heavens, she is dead!"
-
-"No, no," said the Linda, "she is asleep."
-
-"Still," he exclaimed, "this sleep cannot be natural, for our coming in
-should have awakened her."
-
-"Well! perhaps it is not natural."
-
-Don Tadeo cast an inquiring glance at her.
-
-"Oh," she said, ironically, "she is alive; only it was necessary to
-send her to sleep for awhile."
-
-Don Tadeo was mute with confused astonishment.
-
-"You do not understand me," she resumed. "Well, I will explain; this
-girl whom you love so much--"
-
-"Oh, yes, I love her!" he interrupted.
-
-"It was I who took her from you," said the Linda, with a bitter smile.
-
-"Wretch, miserable wretch!"
-
-"Why, I hated you, and I avenged myself; I knew the deep love you bear
-this creature. To take her from you was aiming a blow at your heart."
-
-"Miserable!" Don Tadeo cried.
-
-"Ah, yes," the Linda replied, smiling, "that revenge was miserable; it
-did not at all amount to what I intended; but chance offered me what
-could alone satisfy me, by breaking your very heart."
-
-"What frightful infamy can this monster have imagined?" Don Tadeo
-murmured.
-
-"Antinahuel, the enemy of your race, your enemy, became enamoured of
-this woman."
-
-"What!" he exclaimed, in a tone of horror.
-
-"Yes, after his fashion, he loved her," she continued, coolly; "so I
-resolved to sell her to him, and I did so; but when the chief wished to
-avail himself of the rights I had given him, she resisted, and arming
-herself suddenly with a dagger, threatened to plunge it into her own
-heart."
-
-"Noble girl!" he exclaimed, deeply affected.
-
-"Is she not?" said the Linda, with her malign vacant smile; "so I
-took pity on her, and as I had no particular wish for her death, but
-a very anxious one for her dishonour, I this evening gave her some
-opium, which will place her, without means of defence, in the power of
-Antinahuel. Have I attained my object this time?"
-
-Don Tadeo made no reply, this utter depravity in a woman absolutely
-terrified him.
-
-"Well," she continued, in a mocking tone, "have you nothing to say?"
-
-"Mad woman, mad woman!" he cried, in a loud voice, "you have avenged
-yourself, you say? Mad woman! Could you a mother, pretending to adore
-your daughter, coolly, unhesitatingly, conceive such crimes? I say, do
-you know what you have done?"
-
-"My daughter, you named my daughter! Restore her to me! Tell me where
-she is, and I will save this woman. Oh! if I could but see her!"
-
-"Your daughter, wretch? You serpent bursting with venom! Is it possible
-you think of her?"
-
-"Oh, if I found her again, I would love her so."
-
-"Do you fancy that possible?" said Don Tadeo.
-
-"Oh, yes, a daughter cannot hate her mother."
-
-"Ask herself, then!" he cried, in a voice of thunder.
-
-"What! what! what!" she shrieked. In a tone of thrilling agony, and
-springing up as if electrified; "What did you say? What did you say,
-Don Tadeo?"
-
-"I say, miserable wretch! that the innocent creature whom you have
-pursued with the inveteracy of a hungry hyena, is your daughter!--do
-you hear me? your daughter! She whom you pretend to love so dearly, and
-whom, a few minutes ago, you demanded of me so earnestly."
-
-The Linda remained for an instant motionless, as if thunderstruck; and
-then exclaimed, with a loud, demoniac laugh--
-
-"Well played, Don Tadeo! well played, by Heaven! For a moment I
-believed you were telling the truth."
-
-"Oh!" Don Tadeo murmured, "this wretched being cannot recognise her own
-child."
-
-"No, I do not believe it! It is not possible! Nature would have warned
-me that it was my child!"
-
-"God renders those blind whom He would destroy, miserable woman! An
-exemplary punishment was due to His insulted justice!"
-
-The Linda turned about in the toldo like a wild beast in a cage,
-uttering inarticulate cries, incessantly repeating in a broken voice--
-
-"No, no! she cannot be my daughter!"
-
-Don Tadeo experienced a feeling of deadly hatred, in spite of his
-better nature, at beholding this profound grief; he also wished to
-avenge himself.
-
-"Senseless woman," he said, "had the child I stole from you no sign, no
-mark whatever, by which it would be possible for you to recognise her?"
-
-"Yes, yes," she cried, roused from her stupor; "wait! wait!"
-
-And she threw herself down upon her knees, leant over the sleeping
-Rosario, and tore the covering from her neck and shoulder.
-
-"My child!" she exclaimed; "it is she! it is my child!"
-
-She had perceived three small moles upon the young girl's right
-shoulder. Suddenly her body became agitated by convulsive movements,
-her face was horribly distorted, her glaring eyes seemed staring from
-their sockets; she, clasped her hands tightly to her breast, uttered
-a deep rattle, more like a roar than a sound from a human mouth, and
-rolled upon the ground, crying with an accent impossible to describe--
-
-"My daughter! my daughter! Oh, I will save her!"
-
-She crawled, with the action of a wild beast, to the feet of the poor
-girl.
-
-"Rosario, my daughter!" she cried, in a voice broken by sobs; "it is I,
-it is your mother! Know me, dear!"
-
-"It is you who have killed her," Don Tadeo said, implacably; "unnatural
-mother, who coolly planned the dishonour of your own child."
-
-"Oh, do not speak so!" she cried, clasping her hands; "She shall not
-die! I will not let her die! She must live! I will save her, I tell
-you!"
-
-"It is too late."
-
-"I tell you I will save her," she repeated, in a deep tone.
-
-At this moment the steps of horses resounded.
-
-"Here is Antinahuel!" said Don Tadeo.
-
-"Yes," she replied, with a short, determined accent, "of what
-consequence is his arrival? Woe be to him if he touch my child!"
-
-The curtain of the toldo was lifted by a firm hand, and an Indian
-appeared: it was Antinahuel. A warrior followed with a torch.
-
-"Eh, eh!" said the chief, with an ironical smile.
-
-"Yes," Linda replied smiling; "my brother arrives opportunely."
-
-"Has my sister had a satisfactory conversation with her husband?"
-
-"Yes," she replied.
-
-"Good! the Great Eagle of the Whites is an intrepid warrior; the Aucas
-warriors will soon put his courage to the test."
-
-This brutal allusion to the fate that was reserved for him was
-perfectly understood by Don Tadeo.
-
-"Men of my temperament do not allow themselves to be frightened by vain
-threats," he retorted.
-
-The Linda drew the chief aside.
-
-"Antinahuel is my brother," she said, in a low voice; "we were brought
-up together."
-
-"Has my sister anything to ask for?"
-
-"Yes, and for his own sake my brother would do well to grant it me."
-
-Antinahuel looked at her earnestly.
-
-"Speak," he said, coolly.
-
-"Everything my brother has desired I have done."
-
-The chief bowed his head affirmatively.
-
-"This woman, who resisted him," she continued, "I have given up to him
-without defence."
-
-"Good!"
-
-"My brother knows that the palefaces have secrets which they alone
-possess?"
-
-"I know they have."
-
-"If my brother pleases it shall not be a woman cold, motionless, and
-buried in sleep, that I surrender to him."
-
-The eye of the Indian kindled with a strange light.
-
-"I do not understand my sister," he said.
-
-"I am able," the Linda replied, earnestly, "in three days so completely
-to change this woman's feelings for my brother, that she will be
-towards him loving and devoted."
-
-"Can my sister do that?" he asked, doubtingly.
-
-"I can do it," she replied, resolutely.
-
-Antinahuel reflected for a few minutes.
-
-"Why did my sister wait so long to do this?"
-
-"Because I did not think it would be necessary."
-
-"Ooch!" said the Indian, thoughtfully.
-
-"Besides," she added, carelessly, "if I say anything about it now, it
-is only from friendship for my brother."
-
-Whilst pronouncing these words, an internal shudder agitated her whole
-frame.
-
-"And will it require three days to effect this change?"
-
-"Three days."
-
-"Antinahuel is a wise chief--he will wait."
-
-The Linda experienced great inward joy; if the chief had refused, her
-resolution was formed--she would have stabbed him to the heart.
-
-"Good!" she said; "my brother may depend upon my promise."
-
-"Yes," the Toqui replied; "the girl is sick; it would be better she
-should be cured."
-
-The Linda smiled with an undefinable expression.
-
-"The Eagle will follow me," said Antinahuel; "unless he prefers giving
-me his word."
-
-"No!" Don Tadeo answered.
-
-The two men left the toldo together. Antinahuel commanded his warriors
-to guard the prisoner strictly.
-
-At sunrise the camp was struck, and the Aucas marched during the whole
-day into the mountains without any determinate object.
-
-"Has my sister commenced?" asked the chief of Linda.
-
-"I have commenced," she replied.
-
-The truth was she had passed the whole day in vainly endeavouring to
-induce the maiden to speak to her; the latter had constantly refused,
-but the Linda was not a woman to be easily repulsed. As soon as the
-chief had left her, she went to Dona Rosario, and stooping to her ear,
-said in a low, melancholy voice--
-
-"Pardon me all the ill I have done you--I did not know who you were; in
-the name of Heaven, have pity on me--I am your mother!"
-
-At this avowal, the young girl staggered as if she were thunderstruck.
-The Linda sprang towards her, but Dona Rosario repulsed her with a cry
-of horror, and fled into her toldo.
-
-"Oh!" the Linda cried, with tears in her eyes, "I will love her so that
-she must pardon me."
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XXXVII.
-
-UPON THE TRACK.
-
-
-It was the evening of the eighth day, after twenty leagues from Arauca.
-In a virgin forest of myrtles, cypresses, and espinos, which cover with
-their green shade the lower parts of the Cordilleras--four men were
-seated round a fire. Of these four men, two wore the Indian costume,
-and were no other than Trangoil-Lanec and Curumilla; the others were
-the count and Valentine.
-
-The spot on which our travellers had halted was one of those glades so
-common in American forests. It was a vast space covered with the trunks
-of trees that have died from age, or been struck by lightning, deeply
-inclosed between two hills.
-
-The Indians were too experienced to commit the fault of stopping of
-their own accord in this place; and it was only from the impossibility
-of going further that they had consented to pass the night there.
-
-The day had been a rough one, but the night promised to be mild and
-tranquil. The travellers attacked their supper bravely, in order to be
-the sooner able to enjoy the repose they stood so much in need of. They
-did not exchange a word during the repast; the last morsel swallowed,
-the Indians threw upon the fire a few armfuls of dry wood, of which
-they had an ample provision at hand, then folded themselves in their
-ponchos, and fell asleep. Valentine and Caesar alone were left to keep
-guard.
-
-It was almost an hour since he had taken Valentine's place, when
-Caesar, who had till that time lain carelessly stretched before the
-fire, sharply raised his head, sniffed the air in all directions, and
-gave a surly growl.
-
-"Well, Caesar," said the young man whilst patting the animal, "what's
-the matter, my good dog?"
-
-The Newfoundland fixed his large intelligent eyes upon the count,
-wagged his tail, and uttered a growl much stronger than the first.
-
-"Very well," said Louis; "we will go on the lookout. Come along,
-Caesar."
-
-The count examined his rifle and his pistols, and made a sign to the
-dog, who watched all his motions.
-
-"Now, Cesar," he said, "look out, my fine fellow!"
-
-The animal, as if he had only waited for this order, sprang forward,
-followed step by step by his master, who examined the bushes, and
-stopped at intervals to cast an inquiring glance around him.
-
-At length, after numberless windings, the dog crouched, turned its
-head towards the young man, and uttered one of those plaintive howls,
-so like a human complaint, which are peculiar to the race. The count
-started; putting the bushes and leaves apart with precaution, he
-looked, and with difficulty repressed a cry of painful astonishment at
-the strange spectacle which presented itself to his eyes. Within twenty
-paces from him, in the centre of a vast glade, fifty Indians were lying
-round a fire, buried in the sleep of intoxication, as could be divined
-from the leather bottles scattered without order upon the sand, some
-full of aguardiente, others empty.
-
-But what attracted the particular attention of the young man was the
-sigh of two persons, a man and a woman, firmly bound to two trees. The
-head of the man reclined upon his breast, his large eyes were flooded
-with tears; deep sighs seemed to rise from his very heart, as he looked
-towards a young girl standing bound before him.
-
-"Oh!" the count murmured, "Don Tadeo de Leon! My God! Grant that that
-woman be not his daughter!"
-
-Alas! it was she. At their feet lay the Linda, bound to an enormous
-post.
-
-The young man felt the blood flow back to his heart; forgetful of his
-own preservation, he seized a pistol in each hand, and was about to
-spring forward, when a heavy hand was laid upon his shoulder, and a
-voice whispered in his ear--
-
-"Prudence!"
-
-"Prudence!" the young man repeated, in a tone of painful reproach;
-"look there!"
-
-"I have seen," replied Trangoil-Lanec, "but my brother will look in his
-turn," he added.
-
-And he pointed to a dozen Indians, who, awakened by the cold of the
-night, or perhaps by the involuntary noise made by the two men, in
-spite of their precaution, rose and looked suspiciously around.
-
-"That is true!" Louis murmured, quite overcome. "Oh, my God! Will you
-not come to our aid?"
-
-The chief took advantage of the momentary prostration into which his
-friend had fallen, to lead him back a little, so as to avoid increasing
-the aroused suspicions of the Indians.
-
-"Still," the young man exclaimed, "we shall save them, shall we not,
-chief?"
-
-The Araucano shook his head.
-
-"At this moment it is impossible," he replied.
-
-"Brother, now that we have recovered their track, which we had lost,
-they must be saved."
-
-A smile passed over the lips of the Indian warrior.
-
-"We will try," he said.
-
-"Thanks! thanks, chief," the young man cried.
-
-"Let us return to the camp," said Trangoil-Lanec. "Patience, my
-brother," the Indian added in a solemn voice; "nothing is urgent--in an
-hour we shall be on their track again."
-
-"That is true," the young man said, hanging down his head with forced
-resignation.
-
-The two men regained their encampment, where they found Curumilla and
-Valentine still asleep.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XXXVIII.
-
-THE LYNX.
-
-
-In the course of the past few days certain events had taken place
-in Araucania which we must explain. The policy adopted by General
-Fuentes had produced the best results. The chiefs restored to liberty
-had returned to their tribes, where they had warmly persuaded their
-mosotones to conclude a definite peace. These persuasions had been
-eagerly listened to.
-
-The Huiliches, who asked no better than to resume the course of
-their peaceful labours in safety, warmly gave their adhesion to the
-conditions their Ulmens submitted to them.
-
-A grand council was solemnly convoked on the banks of the Carampangne,
-at the closing of which six deputies, chosen from among the wisest
-and most respected chiefs, having at their head an Apo-Ulmen named
-the Lynx, and followed by a thousand well-armed horsemen, were sent
-to Antinahuel, in order to communicate to him the resolutions of the
-council, and demand his assent.
-
-When he perceived at a distance this numerous troop advancing amidst
-clouds of dust, Antinahuel breathed a sigh of satisfaction, thinking
-what a noble reinforcement was coming: for the malocca which he was so
-anxious to attempt upon the Chilian frontier.
-
-The troop which Antinahuel had perceived continued to approach, and
-soon came within speaking distance. The Toqui then observed with secret
-dissatisfaction that it was commanded by the Lynx, who had always
-been tacitly opposed to him. When the horsemen had arrived within ten
-paces of the camp the Lynx made a sign, and the troop halted; a herald
-stopped in front of the chiefs, and saluted them respectfully.
-
-"Toqui of the four Uthal-mapus," he said, in a loud voice, "and you
-Ulmens who hear me--the Lynx, the venerated Apo-Ulmen of Arauca,
-followed by six Ulmens no less celebrated than himself, is sent to
-you to enjoin obedience to the orders emanating from the supreme
-Auca-coyog."
-
-After speaking thus the herald bowed respectfully and retired.
-Antinahuel and his Ulmens looked at each other in astonishment, for
-they could not comprehend what it all meant. The Toqui alone suspected
-some treachery planned against himself; but his countenance remained
-impassive, and he asked his Ulmens to accompany him to the council
-fire. At the expiration of a minute the Lynx arose, made two steps
-forward, and spoke as follows:--
-
-"The grand Auca-coyog of Arauca, in the name of the people, to all
-persons who are at the head of warriors, salutation! Certain that all
-our compatriots keep their faith, we wish them peace in that genius
-of goodness, in which alone reside true health and holy obedience.
-This is what we have resolved: war has fallen unexpectedly upon our
-rich plains, and has changed them into deserts; our harvests have been
-trampled under the feet of horses, our cattle have been killed or
-driven away by the enemy, our crops are lost, our toldos are burnt, our
-wives and children have disappeared in the tempest. We will have no
-more war, and peace must be immediately concluded with the palefaces. I
-have spoken."
-
-A profound silence followed this speech. Antinahuel's Ulmens were
-struck with stupor, and looked towards their chief with great anxiety.
-
-"And upon what conditions has this peace been concluded?" asked the
-Toqui.
-
-"The conditions are these," the Lynx replied; "Antinahuel will
-immediately release the white prisoners; he will dismiss the army;
-the Araucanos will pay the palefaces two thousand sheep, five hundred
-vicunas, and eight hundred head of cattle; and the war hatchet is to be
-buried."
-
-"Hum!" said the Toqui with a bitter smile; "these are hard conditions.
-If I should on my part refuse to ratify this shameful peace?"
-
-"But my father will not refuse," the Lynx suggested.
-
-"But I do refuse!" he replied, loudly.
-
-"Good! my father will reflect; it is impossible that can be his last
-word."
-
-Antinahuel, cunning as he was, had no suspicion of the snare that was
-laid for him.
-
-"I repeat to you. Lynx," he said, in a loud voice, "and to all the
-chiefs who surround me, that I refuse to ratify these dishonourable
-conditions. So, now you can return whence you came."
-
-"Not yet!" said the Lynx, in his turn, as sharply as the Toqui. "I have
-not finished yet!"
-
-"What else have you to tell me?"
-
-"The council, which is composed of the wise men of all the tribes, has
-foreseen the refusal of my father."
-
-"Ah!" Antinahuel cried. "What have they decreed in consequence?"
-
-"This: the hatchet of Toqui is withdrawn from my father; all the
-Araucanian warriors are released from their oath of fidelity to him;
-fire and water are refused to my father; he is declared a traitor to
-his country, as are all those who do not obey, and remain with him.
-The Araucanian nation will no longer serve as a plaything, and be the
-victim of the wild ambition of a man unworthy of commanding it."
-
-During this terrific peroration Antinahuel had remained motionless, his
-arms crossed upon his breast.
-
-"Have you finished?" he asked.
-
-"I have finished," the Lynx replied; "now the herald will go and
-proclaim in your camp what I have told you at the council fire."
-
-"Well, let him go!" Antinahuel replied. "You are welcome to withdraw
-from me the hatchet of Toqui. Of what importance is that vain dignity
-to me? You may declare me a traitor to my country; I have on my side my
-own conscience, which absolves me; but what you wish above all else to
-have you shall not have and that is my prisoners. Farewell!"
-
-And with a step as firm as if nothing had happened to him, he returned
-to his camp. But there a great mortification awaited him. At the
-summons of the herald all his warriors abandoned him. One after the
-other, some with joy, others with sorrow. He who five minutes before
-counted more than eight hundred warriors under his orders, saw their
-numbers diminish so rapidly that soon only thirty-eight were left.
-
-The Lynx called out an ironical farewell to him from a distance, and
-departed at a gallop with all his troop. When Antinahuel counted the
-small number of friends left to him, an immense grief weighed upon his
-heart; he sank down at the foot of a tree, covered his face with his
-poncho, and wept.
-
-In the meantime, thanks to the facilities which the Linda had
-procured Don Tadeo, the latter had been able for some days past to
-approach Rosario. The presence of the man who had brought her up was
-a great consolation to the young lady; but when Don Tadeo, who had
-thenceforward no reasons for secrecy, confessed to her that he was her
-father, an inexpressible joy took possession of the poor child. It
-appeared to her that she now had no longer anything to dread, and that
-since her father was with her she should easily escape the horrible
-love of Antinahuel. The Linda, whom Don Tadeo allowed from pity to be
-near her, beheld with childish joy the father and daughter talking
-together.
-
-This woman was really a mother, with all the devotedness and all the
-abnegation which the title implies. She no longer lived for anything
-but her daughter.
-
-Whilst the events we have described were taking place, the three
-Chilians, crouched in a corner of the camp, absorbed by their own
-feelings, had attended to nothing--seen or heard nothing. Don Tadeo and
-Rosario were seated at the foot of a tree, and at some distance the
-Linda, without daring to mingle in their conversation, contemplated
-them with delight. His first grief calmed, Antinahuel recovered
-himself, and was as haughty and as implacable as ever. On raising his
-eyes his looks fell mechanically upon his prisoners.
-
-Antinahuel, whose attention was roused, had watched Maria carefully,
-and was not long in acquiring the moral proof of a plot being laid
-against him by his ancient accomplice. The Indian was too cunning to
-let them be aware of his suspicions; still he held himself on his
-guard, waiting for the first opportunity to change them into certainty.
-He ordered his mosotones to tie each of his prisoners to a tree, which
-order was immediately executed.
-
-At sight of this, the Linda forgot her prudence; she rushed, dagger
-in hand, towards the chief, and reproached him with his baseness.
-Antinahuel disdained to reply to her reproaches; he merely snatched the
-dagger from her hand, threw her down upon the ground, and ordered her
-to be tied to a large post with her face turned towards the ground.
-
-"Since my sister is so fond of the prisoners," he said "it is but just
-that she should share their fate."
-
-"Cowardly wretch!" she replied, vainly endeavouring to release herself.
-The chief turned from her in apparent contempt; then, as he fancied
-that he must reward the fidelity of the warriors who followed his
-fortunes, he gave them several bottles of aguardiente. It was at the
-end of these orgies that they were discovered by the count, thanks to
-the sagacity of the Newfoundland dog.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XXXIX.
-
-THE BLACK SERPENTS.
-
-
-As soon as Curumilla and Valentine had been awakened, they saddled
-the horses, then the Indians sat down by the fire, making a sign to
-the Frenchmen to imitate them. The count was driven to despair by the
-slowness of his friends; if he had only listened to his own feelings,
-he would have instantly set out in pursuit of the ravishers; but he
-could not help seeing how necessary the support of the Ulmens must be
-to him in the decisive struggle he was about to undertake, whether for
-attack, defence, or following the track of the Aucas.
-
-After a tolerably long interval, employed by our four personages in
-conscientiously burning their tobacco leaf, the last, Trangoil-Lanec
-spoke--
-
-"The warriors are numerous," he said, "therefore we cannot hope to
-conquer by force. Since we have been upon their track many events must
-have occurred; we ought to ascertain what Antinahuel means to do with
-his prisoners, and whether they are really in danger. Antinahuel is
-ignorant of the ties which connect me with those who are in his power,
-he will not suspect me."
-
-"Very well!" said Curumilla, "my brother is prudent, he will succeed.
-But let him carefully calculate his actions and his words whilst he is
-amongst them."
-
-Valentine looked at his foster brother with astonishment.
-
-"What does all this mean?" he asked. "Is Antinahuels track found again?"
-
-"Yes, brother," Louis replied, in a melancholy tone, "Dona Rosario and
-her father are within half a league of us, and in danger of death!"
-
-"Vive Dieu!" the young man cried, "and we are here prating."
-
-"Alas!" Louis murmured, "what can four men do against fifty?"
-
-"That is too true," he replied, returning dejectedly to his place. "As
-Trangoil-Lanec says, fighting will not avail us, we must manoeuvre."
-
-"Chief," Louis observed, "your plan is good, but I think of two
-material ameliorations."
-
-"My brother can speak, he is wise," Trangoil-Lanec replied, bowing
-courteously.
-
-"We must provide against all that may happen. Go to the camp, we will
-follow your steps; but if you cannot rejoin us as quickly as we may
-wish, agree upon a signal which may inform us why, and agree also upon
-another signal in case your life may be in danger."
-
-"Very well," said Curumilla; "if the chief requires our presence, he
-will imitate the cry of the water-hawk; if he is obliged to remain with
-the Aucas the song of the goldfinch will warn us of it."
-
-"That is settled," Trangoil-Lanec answered; "but what is my brother's
-second observation?"
-
-The count rummaged in his haversack, took out some paper, wrote a few
-words upon a sheet, which he folded and handed to the chief, saying--
-
-"It is particularly important that those whom we wish to deliver should
-not thwart our plans; perhaps Don Tadeo may not recognise my brother.
-The chief will slip this necklace into the hands of the young pale
-woman."
-
-"That shall be done; the young blue-eyed maiden shall have the
-necklace, the chief replied with a smile.
-
-"Well, now," said Curumilla, "let us take the track."
-
-"Yes, time presses," said Valentine.
-
-Towards the evening of the second day, Trangoil-Lanec, leaving his
-companions to establish their encampment upon the declivity of a little
-hill, at the entrance of a natural grotto, clapped spurs to his horse,
-and was soon out of sight. He directed his course towards the spot
-where the Black Serpents had stopped for the night--a spot announced
-to the clear-sighted Indian by a thin thread of white smoke. When he
-arrived at a certain distance from the camp, the chief saw two Indian
-Black Serpents suddenly spring up before him, clothed in their war
-costume.
-
-"Where is my brother going?" one of the Black Serpents asked, advancing
-towards him.
-
-"Good!" the chief replied, throwing his gun, which he held in his left
-hand, on his shoulder. "Trangoil-Lanec has recognised the trail of his
-brothers the Black Serpents, and he wishes to smoke at their fire."
-
-"My brother will follow me," the Indian remarked.
-
-He made an imperceptible sign to his companion, who quitted his hiding
-place. Trangoil-Lanec followed them, casting around an apparently
-careless glance. In a few minutes they reached the camp, whose
-situation was admirably chosen.
-
-The arrival of the warrior created a stir in the camp, which was,
-however, quickly repressed. Trangoil-Lanec was conducted into the
-presence of the chief, and as his reputation was high among his
-compatriots, Antinahuel, to do him honour, received him in the most
-elevated part or the camp. The two chiefs saluted each other.
-
-"Is my brother Antinahuel hunting with his young men?" asked
-Trangoil-Lanec.
-
-"Yes," the Toqui replied, laconically.
-
-"Has my brother been fortunate in his hunting?"
-
-"Very fortunate," said Antinahuel, with a sinister smile; "let my
-brother open his eyes."
-
-"Wah!" said Trangoil-Lanec, "palefaces! My brother has had good sport
-indeed; he will get a heavy ransom for his prisoners."
-
-"The toldo of Antinahuel is solitary--he wants a squaw to inhabit it."
-
-"Good! I understand; my brother will take one of the pale women."
-
-"The blue-eyed maiden will be the wife of a chief."
-
-"Wah! but why does my brother detain the Great Eagle?"
-
-Antinahuel only replied by a smile, the expression of which the chief
-could not mistake.
-
-"Oh, good!" he rejoined; "my brother is a great chief--who is able to
-fathom his thoughts?"
-
-The Araucano warrior rose, quitted Antinahuel, and walked about the
-camp, the order and position of which he feigned to admire, but in
-reality he drew nearer and nearer, in an almost imperceptible manner,
-to that part at which the prisoners were seated.
-
-"Let my brother look," Antinahuel said, pointing to Dona Rosario; "does
-not that woman deserve to espouse a chief?"
-
-"She is pretty!" Trangoil-Lanec replied, coldly; "But I would give all
-the palefaces in the world for one bottle of such firewater as I have
-here."
-
-"Has my brother some firewater?" Antinahuel asked, whose eyes sparkled
-at the thought.
-
-"Yes," the chief replied; "look!"
-
-The Toqui turned round, and the Aucas profited by the movement to
-cleverly let fall upon Rosario's lap the paper committed to his charge
-by Louis.
-
-"Look!" he said "the sun is sinking, the maukawis is singing his first
-evening song; my brother will follow me, he and his warriors will empty
-these bottles."
-
-The two chiefs walked away, and a few minutes after all the Indians
-were satisfactorily employed in emptying the bottles brought by the
-Ulmen.
-
-Dona Rosario could not at first imagine what a message sent to her in
-such a curious manner could mean, and she looked at her father.
-
-"Read, my Rosario!" Don Tadeo said, softly.
-
-The young girl tremblingly took the note, opened it, and read it with
-a secret joy. It contained only these few laconic words, but they were
-sufficient to cause a smile.
-
-"Take courage, senorita, we are preparing everything for saving you at
-last."
-
-After having read, or rather devoured these words, she gave the note to
-her father.
-
-"Who can this friend be who is watching over us? What can he do?"
-
-"Why should we doubt the infinite goodness of God, my child?" said Don
-Tadeo. "Ungrateful girl! Have you forgotten the two brave Frenchmen?"
-
-The young girl smiled through her tears, leaning fondly upon her father.
-
-The Linda could not suppress a feeling of jealousy at this caress of
-which she had no share; but the hope that her daughter would soon be
-liberated, rendered her quite happy.
-
-In the meantime the Indians continued drinking. Many of the Aucas were
-in a helpless state of intoxication. Trangoil-Lanec and Antinahuel were
-at length the only drinkers. But even the strength of the renowned
-Toqui was not of avail against the insidious poison he quaffed so
-greedily; his eyes closed, and he fell backwards--fast asleep.
-
-Trangoil-Lanec waited for a few moments, carefully surveying the camp
-in which he and the prisoners were the only persons awake; then, when
-he had ascertained to a certainty that the Black Serpents had really
-allowed themselves to be caught in the snare he had laid for them, he
-rose cautiously, made a sign of encouragement to the prisoners, and
-disappeared into the forest.
-
-"Is that an enemy or a friend?" murmured the Linda anxiously.
-
-"Oh, I have long known that man!" replied Don Tadeo; "his is a noble
-heart! He is devoted body and soul to our friends."
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XL.
-
-THE HURRICANE.
-
-
-Louis had not been able to restrain himself; instead of waiting, he
-had persuaded Valentine and Curumilla to follow him, and all three had
-advanced, gliding through bushes and underwood, to within twenty paces
-of the Indian camp, so that Trangoil-Lanec met them almost immediately.
-
-"Well?" the count asked anxiously.
-
-"All is right! Come on!"
-
-The chief quickly retraced his steps, and led his friends towards the
-prisoners. At the sight of the four men a smile of ineffable sweetness
-lit up the beautiful countenance of Rosario; even her prudence could
-not repress a half-uttered cry of joy, Don Tadeo arose, and was
-beginning to thank them.
-
-"Caballero," cried the count, who was upon hot coals, "let us be quick.
-These men will soon be awake again."
-
-"Yes," Valentine added; "because if they were to surprise us we should
-be compelled to have a brush."
-
-All were aware of the justness of this observation and Trangoil-Lanec
-having unfastened the horses of the prisoners, which were grazing
-quietly among those of the Aucas, Don Tadeo and his daughter mounted.
-The Linda, of whom nobody seemed to take any notice, sprang upon a
-horse. If Valentine had not been afraid of her giving the alarm, he
-would have compelled her to remain behind. The little troop set off
-without impediment, and directed their course towards the natural
-grotto where the horses had been left. As soon as they arrived,
-Valentine made a sign.
-
-"You had better rest here for a short time," he said; "the night is
-very dark; in a few hours we will set off again; you will find in this
-grotto two beds of leaves."
-
-These words, pronounced in the usual blunt, offhand style of the
-Parisian, brought a cheerful smile to the lips of the Chilians. When
-they had lain down upon the leaves heaped up in the grotto, the count
-called his sagacious dog to him, and said--
-
-"Pay attention to what I order you, Caesar: you see this young lady, do
-you not, my good dog? You must be answerable for her to me."
-
-Caesar listened to his master, staring at him with his large
-intelligent eyes and gently wagging his tail; he then laid himself
-quietly down at the feet of Rosario, licking her hand. The young girl
-seized his great head in her arms, and hugged him several times,
-smiling at the count. Poor Louis blushed to the eyes, and left the
-grotto, staggering like a drunken man--happiness almost deprived him of
-his senses. He went and threw himself on the ground at a short distance
-to think over, at leisure the joy which inundated his heart. He did
-not observe Valentine, who leaning against a tree, followed him with a
-melancholy look, for Valentine also loved Dona Rosario.
-
-Yes, the sight of Dona Rosario had revealed to him a thing which he had
-hardly thought possible, and that was, that besides this so warm and
-so strong feeling, there was in his heart room for another at least as
-warm and as strong.
-
-Leaning against a tree, with his eye fixed upon the entrance to the
-grotto, and his chest heaving, he recalled the smallest incidents of
-his meeting with the young lady, their journey through the forest, the
-words she addressed to him and smiled delightedly at the remembrance
-of those delicious moments, without suspecting the danger of these
-remembrances of the new feeling which had been just born in his soul.
-
-Two hours had thus glided away, and Valentine had taken no heed of
-their passage, so absorbed was he in his fantastic contemplation, when
-the two Indians came up to him--
-
-"Is our brother asleep that he does not see us?"
-
-"No," Valentine replied, passing his hand over his burning brow, "I was
-thinking."
-
-"My brother was with the genius of dreams; he was happy,"
-Trangoil-Lanec remarked, with a smile.
-
-"Do you want me?"
-
-"Whilst my brother has been reflecting, we have returned to the camp of
-the Black Serpents. We have taken their horses, and after leading them
-to a considerable distance have let them loose on the plain."
-
-"If that is the case we may be at our ease for a few hours?" Valentine
-suggested.
-
-"I hope so," said Trangoil-Lanec, "but we must not be too confident,
-the Black Serpents are cunning fellows."
-
-"What had we better do, then?"
-
-"Mislead our enemies by putting them upon a false track. I will set off
-with the three horses of the palefaces, whilst my brother, his friend,
-and Curumilla descend the rivulet, walking in its bed."
-
-Trangoil-Lanec cut a reed a foot and a half long, and fastened each
-extremity of it to the bits of the horses, in order that they might not
-be able to approach each other too near, and then set off. Valentine
-entered the grotto, where he found the Linda seated near her husband
-and daughter, guarding their slumbers.
-
-Louis had prepared everything; he placed Don Tadeo upon Valentine's
-horse, and the Linda and Rosario upon his own, and led them into the
-rivulet, after having carefully effaced their footsteps in the sand.
-
-The little caravan advanced silently, listening to the noises of the
-forest, watching the movements of the bushes, fearing at every instant
-to see the ferocious eye of a Black Serpent gleam through the shade.
-
-Towards four o'clock in the morning the Islet of the Guanaco appeared
-to the delighted eyes of our travellers like a port of safety, after
-the fatigues of a journey made entirely in the water. On the most
-advanced point of the islet a horseman stood motionless--it was
-Trangoil-Lanec; and near him the horses of the Spaniards were peaceably
-grazing upon the high grass of the banks. The travellers found a fire
-ready lighted, upon which was cooking the quarter of a doe, camotes and
-maize tortillas.
-
-"Eat," said Trangoil-Lanec, laconically; "but, above all, eat quickly!"
-Without asking the chief for any explanation, the hungry travellers sat
-down in a circle, and vigorously attacked the provisions.
-
-"Bah!" said Valentine, gaily; "after us the end of the world--let
-us eat while we can! Here is a roast joint that appears to me to be
-tolerably well cooked!"
-
-At these words of the spahi Dona Rosario looked a little surprised; the
-young man was struck dumb, blushing at his rudeness, and began to eat
-without venturing another word.
-
-As soon as breakfast was over; Trangoil-Lanec, assisted by Curumilla,
-employed himself in preparing one of those canoes, made of buffalo
-hides sewn together, which are employed by the Indians to cross
-the rivers in the desert. After placing it in the water, the chief
-requested the three Spaniards to take their seats in it. The Indians
-afterwards entered it for the purpose of steering it; whilst the two
-Frenchmen, still in the water, led the horses by their bridles. The
-passage was not long; at the end of an hour they landed, and they
-continued their journey by land.
-
-For some hours past, as it often happens in that country, the weather
-had completely changed. The sun had assumed a red tint, and appeared to
-swim in an ocean of vapour, which intercepted its warm rays.
-
-"What do you think of this weather, chief?" the count asked anxiously
-to Trangoil-Lanec.
-
-"Bad--very bad," the latter replied, "unless we could possibly pass the
-Sorcerer's Leap."
-
-"Are we in danger, then?"
-
-"We are lost," the Indian replied.
-
-"Hum! that is not very comforting," said Valentine. "Do you think,
-then, that the peril is so great?"
-
-"Much greater than I can tell my brother. Do you think it possible to
-resist the hurricane, here?"
-
-"That is true," Valentine muttered, hanging his head. "May Heaven
-preserve us!"
-
-In fact the situation of the travellers appeared desperate. They were
-following one of those roads cut in the living rock which wind round
-the Andes, a road of scarcely four feet in its greatest width, which on
-one side was bordered by a wall of granite more than a thousand feet
-high, and on the other by precipices of incalculable depth, at the
-bottom of which invisible waters coursed with dull, mysterious murmurs.
-In such a spot all hope of safety seemed little short of madness. And
-yet the travellers proceeded, advancing in Indian file--that is, one
-after the other, silent and gloomy.
-
-"Are we still far from the Sorcerer's Leap?" Valentine asked, after a
-long silence.
-
-"We are approaching it," Trangoil-Lanec replied.
-
-Suddenly the brown veil which concealed the horizon was rent violently
-asunder, a pale flash of lightning illuminated the heavens.
-
-"Dismount!" Trangoil-Lanec shouted, "dismount, for your lives! Lie down
-on the ground, and cling to the points of the rocks!"
-
-Everyone followed the advice of the chief. The animals, left to
-themselves, understood the danger instinctively, folded their legs
-under them, and laid themselves down also upon the ground.
-
-All at once the thunder burst forth in frightful peals, and the rain
-fell like a deluge. It is not given to human pen to describe the awful
-hurricane which vented its fury upon those mountains. Enormous blocks
-of rock, yielding to the force of the wind and undermined by the
-waters, were precipitated from the top to the bottom of the ravines
-with a horrible crash; trees, hundreds of years Old, were twisted and
-torn up by the roots by the blast.
-
-Suddenly a piercing cry of agony filled the air.
-
-"My daughter!--save my daughter!"
-
-Heedless of the danger to which he exposed himself, Don Tadeo stood
-upright in the road, his arms extended towards heaven, his hair
-floating in the wind, and the lightning playing around his brow. Dona
-Rosario, too weak and too delicate to cling to the sharp points of
-the rocks by which her fingers were torn had been seized and carried
-away, and dashed down the precipice by the tempest. The Linda, without
-pronouncing a word, turned and plunged into the gulf.
-
-"Oh!" the count cried frantically, "I will bring her back or----"
-
-And he sprang forward; but a powerful hand withheld him.
-
-"Stay, brother," said Valentine, in a melancholy but firm tone--"let me
-encounter this peril."
-
-"But, Valentine!"
-
-"I insist upon it!--of what consequence is it if I die?" he added, with
-an expression of bitterness. "I am not beloved!" and turning towards
-Don Tadeo he said, "Courage my friend. I will restore your daughter or
-perish with her!" and whistling his dog--"Find her, Caesar--find her."
-he said.
-
-The noble animal uttered a plaintive howl, sniffed the air for an
-instant in all directions, then, after a minute's hesitation wagged his
-tail, turned towards his master, and dashed down the steep precipice.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XLI.
-
-LA BARRANCA.
-
-
-As soon as Valentine was suspended from the abrupt edge of the
-precipice, and obliged to ascertain carefully where to place his foot,
-his excitement was dispersed to give place to the cool and lucid
-determination of the brave man. The task he had undertaken was not an
-easy one. In his perilous descent his eyes became useless to him; his
-hands and feet were his only guides. Often did he feel the stone upon
-which he thought he had placed his foot firmly crumble as he began to
-trust his weight to it, and the branch he had seized break in his grasp.
-
-But firm in his resolution, he kept descending, following as far as
-was possible the track of his dog, who at a short distance beneath him
-stopped, from time to time, to guide him by his yelpings.
-
-Presently he stopped to take breath, still continuing to repeat to his
-dog the words he had never ceased to cry from the commencement of his
-descent--
-
-"Find her, Caesar, find her!"
-
-Suddenly the dog was mute. Much alarmed, Valentine renewed his call. It
-then appeared to him that, at about twenty feet below the spot where
-he then was, he could perceive a white form; but its outlines were
-so vague and indistinct that he thought he must be the sport of an
-illusion, and he ventured to lean still further over, to assure himself
-that he was not deceived.
-
-At this moment, he felt himself strongly pulled back. Like a man
-delivered from a frightful nightmare, he took a confused glance around
-him. Caesar with his forepaws firmly fixed upon the rock, was holding
-the end of his poncho in his clenched teeth.
-
-"Can you reply to me now?" the Linda said.
-
-"Perfectly, senorita," he replied.
-
-"You will help me to save my daughter?"
-
-"It was in search of her that I descended."
-
-"Thanks, caballero!" she said, fervently; "she is close by."
-
-Dona Rosario was lying insensible caught in some thick bushes hanging
-over an abyss of more than a thousand feet in depth! On perceiving
-her, Valentine's first impression was a feeling of wild terror. But as
-soon as the first moment was past, and he could look at her coolly, he
-became satisfied that she was in perfect safety.
-
-All this had required much time, and the storm had subsided by degrees;
-the mist was clearing off and the sun had reappeared. Valentine then
-became aware of all the horror of the situation which the darkness had
-till then concealed from him.
-
-To reascend was impossible; to descend was still worse. From the clump
-of myrtles near which they were, the walls of the precipice descended
-in a plumb line, without any salient point upon which a foot could be
-placed. One step forward was death.
-
-The Linda saw nothing, thought of nothing, for she had her daughter to
-look at. In vain Valentine racked his brains to discover some means of
-overcoming this apparently insuperable difficulty. A bark from Caesar
-made him raise his head. Louis had found the means which Valentine had
-despaired of finding. Collecting the lassos which Chilian horsemen
-always have suspended from their saddles, he had fastened them tightly
-together and had formed two ropes, which he let down the precipice.
-
-Valentine uttered a cry of joy. Rosario was saved! As soon as the
-lassos were within his reach he seized them and quickly constructed a
-chair; but here a new difficulty presented itself; how was it possible
-to get the insensible girl from amidst the tangled growth?
-
-"Wait a minute!" exclaimed Linda, and bounding like a panther, she
-sprang into the centre of the tangled mass, which bent under her feet,
-took her daughter in her arms, and with a spring as sure and as rapid
-as the first, regained the edge of the precipice.
-
-The young man then tied Dona Rosario in the chair, and then made a
-signal for hoisting it. The Aucas warriors, directed by Louis, drew
-the lassos gently and firmly upwards, whilst Valentine and the Linda,
-clinging as well as they could to points of rocks and bushes, kept the
-young lady steady, and secured her from collision with the sharp stones
-that might have wounded her.
-
-As soon as Don Tadeo perceived his daughter, he rushed towards her with
-a hoarse articulate cry, and pressing her to his panting breast he
-sobbed aloud, shedding a flood of tears.
-
-"Oh!" cried the girl, clinging with childish terror to her father, and
-clasping her arms round his neck, "father! father! I thought I must
-have died!"
-
-"My child," said Don Tadeo, "your mother was the first to fly to your
-assistance."
-
-The Linda's face glowed with happiness, and she held out her arms to
-her daughter, with a supplicating look. Rosario looked at her with
-a mixture of fear and tenderness, and made a motion as if to throw
-herself into the arms that were open to her; but she suddenly checked
-herself.
-
-"Oh I cannot! I cannot!"
-
-The Linda heaved a heavy sigh, wiped the tears which inundated her
-cheeks, and retired on one side.
-
-The two Frenchmen inwardly enjoyed the sight of the happiness of Don
-Tadeo, happiness which in part he owed to them. The Chilian approached
-them, pressed their hands warmly, and then turning to Rosario, said--
-
-"My child, love these two gentlemen, you never can discharge your debt
-to them."
-
-Both the young men blushed.
-
-"Come, come, Don Tadeo," cried Valentine, "we have lost too much time
-already. To horse, and let us be gone!"
-
-In spite of the roughness of this reply, Dona Rosario, who comprehended
-the delicacy that had dictated it, gave the young man a look of
-ineffable sweetness.
-
-The party resumed their march. The Linda was henceforward treated with
-respect by all. The pardon of Don Tadeo, a pardon so nobly granted,
-had reinstated her in their eyes. Dona Rosario herself sometimes
-unconsciously smiled upon her, although she could not yet feel courage
-enough to respond to her caresses.
-
-At the expiration of an hour they reached the "Sorcerer's Leap."
-At this place the mountain was divided in two by a fissure of
-inconceivable depth, and about twenty-five feet wide.
-
-This difficult passage has been thus named by the Aucas because,
-according to the legend, at the period when the conquest of Araucania
-was attempted, a Huiliche sorcerer, being closely pursued by Castilian
-soldiers, leaped without hesitation over the chasm, sustained in his
-perilous passage by the genii of the air. Whatever be the truth of this
-legend, a bridge exists now, and our travellers passed over it without
-accident.
-
-"Ah!" Trangoil-Lanec exclaimed, "now we have room before us, we are
-safe!"
-
-"Not yet," Curumilla replied, pointing with his finger to a thin column
-of blue smoke, which curled up towards the heavens.
-
-"Ooch!" replied the chief, "Can that be the Black Serpents again? Can
-they have preceded instead of pursuing us? How does it happen that they
-venture in this manner upon the Chilian territory? We had better retire
-for the night."
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XLII.
-
-THE QUIPU.
-
-
-After a frugal repast, the travellers were preparing to take a little
-repose, when Caesar barked furiously. Everyone flew to his arms. At
-length the noise of steps was heard, the bushes were thrust apart,
-and an Indian appeared. It was Antinahuel. At the sight of this man,
-Rosario could not repress a cry of terror. Her mother threw herself
-before her.
-
-Antinahuel did not appear to perceive the presence of the young lady or
-of the Linda; he advanced slowly, without moving a muscle of his face.
-When within a few paces of Trangoil-Lanec, he stopped and saluted him.
-
-"I come to sit at the fireside of my brother," he said.
-
-"My brother is welcome," the chief replied.
-
-"No, I only wish to smoke with my brother, for the sake of
-communicating to him some important news."
-
-"It shall be as my brother desires," Trangoil-Lanec replied.
-
-The three Indians sat down with the ceremony usual upon such occasions.
-They lit their pipes, and smoked silently. At length, after a
-considerable time, Antinahuel began--
-
-"Here," said he, "is the quipu, which the herald who came from
-Paki-Pulli handed at about the seventh hour to me, Antinahuel, the son
-of the Black Jackal."
-
-He drew from under his poncho a light piece of wood, about ten inches
-long, very thick split, and holding a human finger.
-
-"My brother sees," Antinahuel continued, "that upon the black wool there
-are four knots, to indicate that the herald left Paki-Pulli four days
-after the moon; upon the white there are ten knots, which signify that
-ten days after that period, that is to say, in three days, the four
-confederated Uthal-mapus will take up arms, as has been agreed in a
-grand auca-coyog convoked by the Toquis; upon the red I have made a
-knot, which means that the warriors placed under my orders will join
-the expedition, and that the chiefs may depend upon my concurrence.
-Will my brothers follow my example?"
-
-"My brother has forgotten to tell me one thing," Trangoil-Lanec replied.
-
-"Let my brother explain himself," said Antinahuel.
-
-"Against whom is this expedition?"
-
-"Against the palefaces," he said, with a tone of mortal hatred.
-
-"Very well," said Trangoil-Lanec, "my brother is a powerful chief, he
-will give me the quipu."
-
-Antinahuel handed it to him. The Araucano warrior received the quipu,
-examined it, seized the red fringe and the blue fringe, he joined them,
-made a knot over them, and passed the piece of wood to Curumilla, who
-followed his example.
-
-"My brothers, then," he said, "refuse their aid?"
-
-"The chiefs of the four nations can do without us. The war is ended,
-and this quipu is false. Why, when we came here, instead of presenting
-us this false quipu, did not Antinahuel tell us frankly that he came in
-search of his white prisoners, who have escaped? We would have replied
-to him that these prisoners are henceforward under our protection."
-
-"Is that your resolution," said Antinahuel.
-
-"Yes; and my brother may be assured that we are not men to be easily
-deceived."
-
-The Toqui rose with rage in his heart.
-
-"You are dogs and old women!" he said; "tomorrow I will come to retake
-my prisoners."
-
-The two Indians smiled contemptuously, and bowed gravely as a parting
-salute to their enemy. The Toqui disdained to reply to this ironical
-courtesy; he turned his back, and re-entered the wood with the same
-slow, solemn step with which he had arrived, appearing to set his
-adversaries at defiance. He had scarcely quitted the little camp, when
-Trangoil-Lanec set off in his track.
-
-Trangoil-Lanec was not long absent; he returned in less than an hour.
-His companions saw him return with the greatest joy.
-
-"Let my brothers open their ears," he said.
-
-"We are listening, depend upon it," Valentine remarked.
-
-"Antinahuel is encamped within a short distance; he knows now that we
-are not strong enough to contend with him. What will my brothers do?
-Our position is a serious one."
-
-"Why did we not kill him?" Linda cried.
-
-"No," he replied; "the Indian law prevented me; he presented himself as
-a friend at my fireside; a guest is sacred."
-
-"What is done cannot be undone," said Valentine; "so it is of no use
-talking about it. We are in a scrape."
-
-"We will die sooner than allow the wretch to take his prisoners again,"
-said the count.
-
-"That of course; but before we have recourse to that extreme measure,
-we might find another."
-
-"But, perhaps, we ought not to abandon ourselves to despondendency,"
-Valentine rejoined, energetically; "we are four men of courage; we
-ought not to despair."
-
-Since Don Tadeo had recovered his daughter, he was no longer the same
-man; he seemed only to live for her and through her. At that moment,
-seated at the foot of a tree, he held Rosario on his knees, and was
-rocking her like an infant. But, at Valentine's question, he raised his
-head quickly.
-
-"I will not have my daughter fall again into the hands of Antinahuel,"
-he said, loudly; "happen what may, I will save her."
-
-"We are all willing to do that, only the Indian chiefs are not
-acquainted with the country; you, who are a Chilian, perhaps can give
-us some useful information."
-
-Don Tadeo reflected for an instant; he cast an inquiring glance round
-upon the mountains, and then said:
-
-"Those means I can furnish you with; we cannot be more than ten leagues
-from one of my haciendas."
-
-"Are you certain of that?"
-
-"Yes, thank Heaven!"
-
-"To be sure we are not!" the Linda cried, joyfully.
-
-"And you believe that if we could reach that hacienda----"
-
-"We shall be safe," Don Tadeo interrupted; "for I have there five
-hundred devoted peons."
-
-"Oh!" said the Linda, "do not lose an instant. Don Tadeo; write a word
-to your major-domo; tell him what a desperate situation you are in, and
-order him to hasten to your assistance."
-
-"It is Heaven that inspires you, senora!" Don Tadeo cried.
-
-"Oh!" the Linda replied, "it is because I would save my daughter!"
-
-Dona Rosario fixed upon her eyes moist with tears, and said, in a voice
-tremulous with tenderness:
-
-"Thank you, my mother!"
-
-Her daughter had pardoned her! The poor woman fell upon her knees on
-the ground and clasped her hands.
-
-In the meantime, Don Tadeo had written a few words in haste.
-
-"We have no time to read the note now; someone must go at once," said
-the count; "I undertake to convey it, only point me out the road."
-
-"I know it," said Curumilla phlegmatically.
-
-"Very well, in that case you shall accompany me."
-
-"Ooch! I know a road by which we can be there in less than two hours."
-
-"Let us begone, then."
-
-"Watch over her!" said Louis.
-
-"Bring back assistance quickly," Valentine replied.
-
-"I will, or die in the attempt," replied the other.
-
-And, clapping spurs to their horses, the two men were soon lost in a
-cloud of dust. Valentine looked after his foster brother as long as he
-was to be seen, then turning toward Trangoil-Lanec, said;
-
-"And we must start directly?"
-
-"Everything is ready," the chief replied.
-
-"Now," Valentine said to Don Tadeo, "our fate is in the hands of God:
-we have done everything it was humanly possible to do to escape capture
-or death; upon His will now depends our safety."
-
-"Valentine! Valentine!" Don Tadeo cried, warmly, "you are as devout as
-you are intelligent. God will not abandon us."
-
-"I trust He will hear you!" the young man said, in a melancholy tone.
-
-"Courage, my daughter!" said the Linda, with an expression of infinite
-tenderness.
-
-"Oh! I fear nothing now," Rosario replied, with a cheerful smile; "have
-I not my father near me, and--my mother, too," she added, kindly.
-
-The Linda raised her eyes, humid with gratitude, towards Heaven.
-
-Within ten minutes they were all mounted, and quitting the wood, they
-followed at a sharp trot the road which the count and Curumilla had
-taken at full speed.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XLIII.
-
-THE ROCK.
-
-
-But when setting forward so hastily, Valentine had considered the peril
-of the situation more than the possibility of travelling far at a
-quick pace. At the end of a very few miles the horses, overridden for
-two days together, and exceedingly weakened by the hurricane, could
-scarcely be kept going; whip and spur were obliged to be constantly
-applied to keep them on their legs. At length, after an hour spent in
-fruitless efforts. Don Tadeo, whose horse, a noble, well-bred animal
-had just stumbled twice from sheer weakness, was the first to call
-Valentines attention to the impossibility of going farther at present.
-
-"I know it--I feel it!" the young man replied; "the poor animals are
-foundered; but what can we do? We must kill them, if it be necessary!"
-
-"Let us proceed, then, whatever may happen!" said Don Tadeo.
-
-"Besides," the young man continued, "a minute gained is an age for us;
-by break of day Louis may be back. If our horses had been rested, we
-might have reached the hacienda tonight; only the farther we get the
-better the chance of escaping those who are pursuing us. But, your
-pardon, Don Tadeo, the Indian chief is making me a sign."
-
-After leaving Don Tadeo, he drew nearer to the Ulmen.
-
-"Well, chief?" he asked.
-
-"Does my brother reckon upon being able to go much farther?" said the
-Indian.
-
-"Pardieu! chief, you have put exactly the same question to me that Don
-Tadeo has."
-
-"What does the great chief say?"
-
-"Why, he says that our horses are completely knocked up."
-
-"Ooch! and what does my brother with the golden hair mean to do?"
-
-"How can I tell? Let Trangoil-Lanec advise me; he is a warrior,
-renowned in his tribe."
-
-"I think I have a good idea."
-
-"Pray let us have it, chief; your ideas are always excellent."
-
-The Indian bowed modestly.
-
-"Let my brother listen to me," he said. "Perhaps Antinahuel is already
-on our track; if he is not, it will not be long before he is. If he
-comes up with us we shall be killed. What can three men do against
-sixty? But not far distant from hence I know a place where we can
-easily defend ourselves. Many moons ago, ten warriors of my tribe and
-myself stood our ground at that place for fourteen whole days against
-two hundred palefaces. Does my brother understand?"
-
-"Perfectly, perfectly, chief! Guide us to this place; and if it please
-God that we reach it, I swear that Antinahuel and his mosotones shall
-find somebody to answer them."
-
-Trangoil-Lanec then took the guidance of the little troop, and led them
-slightly aside from the road. In the interior of South America what
-we in Europe agree to call roads do not exist; but there are instead
-an infinite number of paths traced by wild animals, which all finish,
-after numberless meanderings, by leading to rivulets or rivers, which
-for ages have served as drinking places to the beasts of the desert.
-
-The Indians alone possess the secret of directing their course with
-certainty in these apparently inextricable labyrinths; so after a march
-of twenty minutes our travellers found themselves, without knowing
-how, on the banks of a charming river. In the centre of which arose an
-enormous block of granite.
-
-Valentine uttered a cry of joy at sight of this natural fortress. The
-horses, as if they understood that they had at length arrived at a
-place of safety, entered the water willingly. This block of granite
-was hollow. By a gentle ascent it was easy to mount to the summit,
-which formed a platform of more than forty square feet. The horses were
-concealed in a corner of the grotto, where they seemed glad to lie
-down. Valentine did his best to barricade the entrance to the fortress.
-This being done, a fire was lighted.
-
-Caesar had of his own accord posted himself on the platform--a vigilant
-sentinel. The Frenchman kept awake, whilst his companions, yielding to
-fatigue, slept soundly.
-
-"I will go and take a little rest," Valentine said to Trangoil-Lanec,
-who awoke, casting an anxious look around him; "the night is over."
-
-"Silence!" the chief murmured.
-
-The two men listened: a stifled growl fell upon their ears.
-
-"That is my dog!--it is Caesar warning us!" the young man cried.
-
-He and the chief sprang simultaneously to the platform. In vain he
-looked around on all sides, nothing appeared, the same tranquillity
-seemed to reign around them. Nothing denoted movement but the high
-grass on the banks of the river, which waved gently, as if bent by the
-breeze. Valentine, for a minute, thought his dog was deceived, and
-was preparing to descend, when he suddenly seized him by the middle
-and forced him to lie flat upon the platform, while several shots
-resounded, half a score balls came hissing to be flattened against the
-rock, and a number of arrows flew over the platform--a second more, and
-Valentine would have been killed.
-
-This attack was succeeded by a horrible yelling which was repeated by
-the echoes of the two banks. This was the war cry of the Aucas, who, to
-the number of more than forty, appeared upon the shore. Valentine and
-the chief discharged their guns almost at hazard among the crowd. Two
-men fell, and the Indians suddenly disappeared among the thick bushes
-and high grass. The silence, for an instance disturbed, was restored
-so promptly, that if the bodies of the two Indians had not remained
-stretched upon the sand, the scene might have passed for a dream. The
-young man took advantage of the minutes respite afforded by the enemy
-to descend into the grotto. At the noise of the fusillade and of the
-cry of the Indians, Dona Rosario had started from her sleep in great
-terror. Seeing her father seize his gun to mount to the platform, she
-threw herself into his arms, imploring him not to leave her.
-
-"Father! father!" she cried, "pray do not leave me alone, or let me
-follow you! Here I should become mad with terror!"
-
-"My daughter," Don Tadeo replied, "your mother will remain with you, I
-must join your friends; would you wish that I should abandon them in
-such circumstances? It is my cause they are defending; my place is with
-them! Come! Courage, my darling Rosario, time is precious!"
-
-The young girl sank helplessly on the ground.
-
-"That is true!" she said; "Pardon me, my father."
-
-For her part, without speaking a word, the Linda had drawn her dagger,
-and placed herself at the entrance of the grotto. At this moment
-Valentine appeared.
-
-"Thanks, Don Tadeo," he said, "but we can dispense with your presence
-above. The Black Serpents will, no doubt, attempt to cross the river
-and gain entrance to the grotto, of which they certainly know the
-existence. Remain here, then, if you please, and watch their movements
-carefully."
-
-Valentine had calculated rightly. The Indians perceiving the inutility
-of firing at a block of granite against which their balls were
-flattened, changed their tactics. They divided themselves into two
-bands, one of which kept firing; whilst the other, led by Antinahuel,
-ascended the course of the river. When they arrived at a certain
-distance, the Indians hastily constructed rafts, upon which they
-allowed themselves to float upon the stream straight toward the rock.
-Valentine and his companions, knowing that they had nothing to fear
-from those who kept firing at the rock from the bank, descended to the
-grotto.
-
-The young man's first care was to place Dona Rosario in safety. This
-duty performed, he took his post with his companions. A raft, mounted
-by seven Indians, tossed about violently by the current, all at once
-was dashed against the rock, and the Indians, howling their war cry,
-sprang off, brandishing their arms; but the three men, with the Linda,
-who insisted upon joining them, threw themselves upon them, and, before
-they had secured their footing, beat them down with the stocks of their
-guns, and cast back their bodies into the river.
-
-But scarcely had they got rid of these when two other rafts came down,
-followed almost immediately by a third and a fourth, carrying at least
-thirty men in the whole. For an instant the _melee_ was terrible in
-that confined spot, where they fought man to man, foot to foot. The
-Linda, trembling for her daughter, with her hair streaming and her eyes
-flashing, defended herself like a lioness, powerfully seconded by her
-three companions, who performed prodigies of valour. But, overpowered
-by numbers, the besieged men were at length obliged to give ground.
-
-A minutes truce ensued, during which the Auras counted their numbers.
-Six of them were stretched dead. On the side of the besieged, Valentine
-had received a cut from a hatchet on the head; but as he had seen it
-coming, and had moved promptly on one side, it was not a deep wound.
-Trangoil-Lanec's left arm was severely wounded. Don Tadeo and the Linda
-were unhurt.
-
-Valentine cast a painful glance towards the spot which served as a
-shelter for Rosario, and then thought of nothing but nobly sacrificing
-his life. He was the first to recommence the fight. Suddenly a violent
-fusillade was heard.
-
-"Courage," Valentine shouted--"courage!--here are our friends!"
-
-Followed by his companions, a second time he scaled the barricade, and
-threw himself into the _melee_. All at once a cry for help of the most
-heart-rending agony resounded from the grotto. The Linda turned round,
-and uttering a shriek more like the roar of a wild beast than the cry
-of a woman, threw herself upon Antinahuel, in whose arms Rosario was
-struggling. Antinahuel, surprised by this unexpected attack, left his
-hold of the young girl, and recognised the Linda.
-
-"Stand back!" he said, in a deep guttural voice.
-
-But the Linda, without replying, sprang headlong upon him, and plunged
-her dagger into his chest.
-
-"Die, she wolf!" he howled.
-
-The Linda fell.
-
-"My mother--oh, my mother!" Rosario cried, in agony, kneeling down
-close to her, and covering her with kisses. The chief stooped to seize
-the young girl again, but then a new adversary stood firmly before him;
-it was Valentine. The Toqui rushed upon the Frenchman.
-
-Valentine was brave, active, and vigorous, but he had to contend with
-a man whom he would never have been able to resist if he had not been
-weakened by his wounds. The oily body of the Indian presented no hold
-for the Frenchman, whilst his enemy, on the contrary, had seized him
-by the cravat. Neither Trangoil-Lanec nor Don Tadeo could render their
-companion any assistance, occupied as they were in defending themselves
-against the Aucas.
-
-It was all over with Valentine. Already his ideas began to lose their
-lucidity, he only resisted mechanically, when he felt the fingers which
-grasped his neck gradually relax; with a last concentration of rage, he
-collected all his strength, and succeeded in disengaging himself. But
-his enemy, far from attacking him, fell backwards--he was dead!
-
-"Ah!" the Linda cried, with an expression impossible to be conveyed,
-"she is saved!"
-
-And she sank back fainting in the arms of her daughter, clasping
-tightly in her hand the dagger with which she had pierced Antinahuel to
-the heart. All eagerly assembled round the unfortunate woman, who, by
-killing the inveterate enemy of her daughter, had so nobly retrieved
-her faults.
-
-At length she sighed faintly, opened her eyes, and fixing a dim look
-upon those who surrounded her, she convulsively seized her daughter and
-Don Tadeo, drew them towards her, and contemplated them.
-
-"Oh! I was too happy! Both of you had pardoned me; but God decreed
-that it should not be! Will this terrible death disarm His justice?
-Pray--pray for me!--that--that--hereafter--we may meet again in heaven!"
-
-She was dead!
-
-"My God!" said Don Tadeo, "have pity on her!"
-
-And he knelt down by the body. His companions piously imitated him.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XLIV.
-
-CAESAR.
-
-
-A month after the events we have related, two men, seated side by
-side in a clump of nopals, were conversing earnestly whilst admiring
-a magnificent sunrise. These two men were Valentine Guillois and the
-Count de Prebois-Crance. The Frenchmen were watching this reawakening
-of nature.
-
-The count, rendered uneasy by the obstinate silence which Valentine
-preserved, at length spoke.
-
-"When you awoke me an hour ago," he said, "you brought me hither, in
-order, as you said, that we might talk at our ease, and I followed
-you without an observation. Well, we have been seated in this grove
-for twenty minutes, and you have not even begun to explain yourself;
-your silence makes me very uneasy, brother, and I do not know what to
-attribute it to. Have you any ill news to announce to me?"
-
-Valentine raised his head quickly.
-
-"Pardon me, Louis," he replied, "I have no ill news to announce to you,
-but the hour for a thorough explanation between us has arrived."
-
-"What do you mean by that?"
-
-"You will soon understand me. When, about a year ago, reduced to
-despair, and resolved to take refuge in death, you summoned me to
-your apartments in the Champs-Elysees, I pledged myself, if you would
-consent to live, to restore you that which you had lost, not by your
-own fault, but through your inexperience; you placed faith in me; you
-unhesitatingly abandoned France, you bade farewell for ever to the life
-of a gentleman, and you resolutely accompanied me to America. Now it is
-for me to perform, in my turn, the promise made you--"
-
-"Valentine!"
-
-"Listen to me; you love Dona Rosario, and I am certain that on her part
-she feels for you a true and profound affection; the services we have
-rendered her father, authorise us to have an explanation with him,
-which I am convinced he expects, and the result of which must render
-you happy for ever. This explanation, which I would not risk without
-speaking to you first, I will have this morning, and speak frankly to
-Don Tadeo."
-
-A melancholy smile flitted across the young man's lips, and he let his
-head sink on his breast without replying.
-
-"What is the matter with you?" Valentine cried anxiously; "Why is it
-that this determination, which is to fulfil all your wishes, plunges
-you into such grief? Explain yourself, Louis!"
-
-"What good will it do to explain myself? Why should we speak today to
-Don Tadeo? What hurry is there?" the young man remarked evasively.
-
-Valentine shook his head, looking at him with astonishment; he could
-not comprehend his friend's conduct at all; he, however, determined to
-drive him into his last entrenchments.
-
-"Well, this is the reason why: I wish to assure your happiness as soon
-as possible," he said. "The life I have been leading for a month past
-in this hacienda is oppressive to me. Since my arrival in America my
-character has changed: the sight of great forests, lofty mountains,
-in short, of all the sublime magnificence which God has spread with
-a bountiful hand in the desert, has developed the instincts of a
-traveller, the germ of which I carried at the bottom of my heart; the
-constantly recurring changes of the adventurous life which I have led
-for some time, cause me to experience pleasures without bounds: in a
-word, I have become a passionate wood ranger, and I pant for the moment
-when I shall be permitted to resume my aimless rambles in the desert."
-
-A silence of some minutes ensued.
-
-"Yes," the count murmured at length, "that life is indeed full of
-charms----"
-
-"That is why I am so eager to launch again into these scenes of
-excitement."
-
-"What prevents our resuming them?"
-
-"What! why you, pardieu!"
-
-"You are mistaken, brother. I am weary as you can be of the life we are
-leading; we will depart as soon as you please."
-
-"That is not my meaning; be frank with me: it is impossible that the
-ardent love you felt for Dona Rosario could have evaporated thus all at
-once."
-
-"What makes you think I do not love her?"
-
-"Come!--come!" Valentine replied, "let us have an end of all this; if
-you love Dona Rosario, why do you want to leave this place, and why do
-you refuse to marry her?"
-
-"It is not I who refuse," the young man murmured with a sigh, "it is
-she!"
-
-"She! no--no! come! that is not possible!"
-
-"Brother, a long time ago, the very next day after the night when
-at Santiago we delivered her from the hands of the bandits who were
-carrying her off, she herself told me that we never could be united.
-She ordered me to avoid her presence, and demanded my word of honour
-that I would never seek to see her again. Why, then, should I lull
-myself with a wild chimera! You see, brother, I have no hope left."
-
-"Perhaps!--but so many things have taken place since that period that
-the intentions of Dona Rosario may have changed."
-
-"No," the count replied, despondingly.
-
-"What makes you suppose so?"
-
-"Her coolness--her indifference to me; the care she takes to avoid me;
-everything, in short, proves that I have remained here too long, and
-that I ought to leave her dangerous society."
-
-"Why do not you have an explanation with her?"
-
-"I have sworn, and whatever it costs I will accomplish my vow."
-
-Valentine hung his head, but made no reply.
-
-"I implore you!" the count resumed, "let us remain no longer here; the
-sight of her I love increases my anguish."
-
-"Have you reflected seriously upon this?"
-
-"Oh, yes!" the young man replied, with an air of real or forced
-resolution.
-
-"Well," said Valentine, shaking his head, "if such is your will, so it
-must be; we will begone, then!"
-
-"Yes, and as soon as possible; do not you think so?" the young man
-said, with an involuntary sigh.
-
-"Oh! this very day; I am only waiting for Curumilla, whom I have
-requested to go and procure horses. As soon as he returns we will start.
-
-"And we will return to the tolderia of the tribe of the Great Hare,
-where we can live happily."
-
-"That is a good idea; in that way our existence will not be a useless
-one, since we can contribute to the happiness of those around us. And
-who knows?" Valentine added, smiling--"we may perhaps, become great
-warriors in Araucania."
-
-Louis's only reply to this pleasantry was a sigh, which did not escape
-the notice of his friend.
-
-"Oh!" Valentine murmured, "he must and shall be happy in spite of
-himself."
-
-Curumilla and Trangoil-Lanec appeared in the distance amidst a cloud of
-dust, galloping towards the hacienda with several horses. The two young
-men rose to go and meet them.
-
-Scarcely had they left the little grove when Dona Rosario put aside
-some low branches and came out. She paused thoughtfully for a minute,
-looking after the two Frenchmen, who were walking away sad and
-gloomy; then suddenly raising her head with a saucy air, her blue eye
-brightened, a smile stole over her lips, and she murmured with a pretty
-nod of her head--
-
-"Hum! ah!--we shall see!"
-
-Then she returned to the hacienda, bounding along like a frightened
-antelope.
-
-Every morning at eight o'clock, in Spanish-American countries, the
-bells ring, to assemble at the same table the inhabitants of the
-hacienda--rom the owner who sits in the centre to the humblest peon who
-places himself modestly at the lower end. The breakfast is the hour
-chosen to meet each other and to pay the compliments of the morning,
-previous to commencing the rough labours of the day.
-
-At the first stroke of eight Don Tadeo descended to the hall and stood
-before the table, his daughter being on his right hand. He saluted with
-a smile or a friendly word every one of the persons employed on the
-farm as they entered.
-
-The two Frenchmen came in last. After cordially shaking hands with
-them, Don Tadeo assured himself by a glance that no one was wanting at
-the meeting, took off his hat, in which he was imitated by all present,
-and slowly and solemnly pronounced the blessing. At a wave of his hand
-all took their places.
-
-The repast was short; it lasted little more than a quarter of an
-hour. The peons then returned to their labours under the order of the
-major-domo, and Don Tadeo desired the mate to be served.
-
-No one remained in the hall but Don Tadeo, his daughter, the foster
-brothers, the two Indian chiefs, and Caesar--if it be permissible to
-reckon a dog as company; the noble animal was crouched at the feet of
-Dona Rosario.
-
-In a few minutes the mate had made its round on the company, and, yet
-without any apparent cause, a painful silence prevailed.
-
-Don Tadeo was thoughtful; Dona Rosario was twisting her taper,
-rose-tipped fingers in the long silky ears of the dog, who had placed
-his great head upon her knees, with his large, intelligent eyes fixed
-upon her face.
-
-The count and his foster brother were anxious, and yet afraid to
-open the subject that weighed upon their hearts; at length, however,
-Valentine became tired of this false position, and resolutely began.
-
-"Well," he said, "what reply do you mean to make to Don Gregorio
-Peralta, Don Tadeo?"
-
-"What I told you, my friend," said Don Tadeo, turning towards him.
-"Chili, henceforward liberated from the man who was dragging the
-country to destruction, no longer stands in need of me. I am determined
-to trouble myself no longer with politics. I have long enough devoted
-my life to the ungrateful labours I imposed upon myself to secure the
-independence of my country, and deliver it from the ambitious man who
-wished to enslave it. I have accomplished my task; the hour of repose
-has struck for me. I peremptorily refuse the presidency which Don
-Gregorio offers me in the name of the people, and will devote myself
-entirely to the happiness of my daughter."
-
-"I cannot blame your resolution; it is noble and beautiful, Don Tadeo;
-it is Worthy of you," the count replied.
-
-"And do you mean to send off this answer soon?" said Valentine.
-
-"In a few minutes; but why do you ask me that question, pray?"
-
-"Because," Valentine replied, "my friend and I will undertake, if you
-please, to convey it."
-
-Don Tadeo opened his eyes with astonishment.
-
-"How so?" he cried, "What do you mean by that? Can you think of leaving
-us?"
-
-A melancholy smile played for a moment round the young man's lips; the
-ice was broken; the sacrifice must be bravely made, and he did not
-hesitate.
-
-"Heaven is my witness," he said, shaking his head, "that it would be my
-most ardent wish to remain here."
-
-"Yes," the count interrupted, taking, in spite of himself, a furtive
-glance at Rosario, who appeared to have no interest in what was
-passing; "yes, we have too long forgotten ourselves in your charming
-retreat. This delightful life enervates us; if we do not hasten to tear
-ourselves from it, we shall soon find it impossible to do so."
-
-"You must leave us!" Don Tadeo repeated, whose countenance became
-cloudy, and his eyebrows contracted; "and what for?"
-
-"Do you not know?" Louis replied, who took courage from the apparent
-carelessness of Rosario, "that when for the first time we had the good
-fortune to meet with you----"
-
-"Good fortune for me!" Don Tadeo interrupted, warmly.
-
-"Be it so!" said Valentine, striking in to assist his friend; "we were
-then in search of fortune. Well, and now," he continued, gaily, "thanks
-to Heaven that our assistance is no longer necessary to you, we are not
-willing to abuse your kind hospitality any longer."
-
-"What does this mean?" Don Tadeo exclaimed, rising. "What do you call
-abusing my hospitality? Why do you employ such futile pretexts with me?"
-
-"We must go!" the young man repeated, coldly.
-
-"Oh! I cannot believe it is the thirst for gold which urges you to
-leave me. Your heart is too noble for that odious passion to gain
-possession of it."
-
-"Don Tadeo, you do us but justice," the count replied; "it is not the
-thirst for gold which actuates us, for our intention on leaving you is
-to retire among the Aucas Indians."
-
-Don Tadeo looked perfectly astonished.
-
-"Do not form a bad opinion of us," the young man continued; "be assured
-that if a powerful motive did not oblige us to depart, I, at least,
-should be most happy to remain with you."
-
-Don Tadeo walked up and down the hall in great agitation.
-
-"Can you not tell me the motive you speak of," he said in an
-affectionate tone.
-
-The young lady turned her head imperceptibly.
-
-"I cannot!" Louis murmured, bowing his head.
-
-Rosario shrugged her shoulders with an air of disappointment.
-
-"Very well, caballero," Don Tadeo replied, with cold dignity; "you
-and your friend are free to act as to you seems best. Pardon me the
-questions I have put to you, but your resolution, which I in vain
-endeavour to account for, has destroyed past recovery a cherished hope,
-which I should have been most happy to have seen realised. Here is my
-letter to Don Gregorio Peralta; when do you wish to set out?"
-
-"This very instant!" the count replied; "my friend and I intended to
-bid you farewell immediately after breakfast."
-
-"Yes," Valentine continued, who perceived that his foster brother,
-overcome by his feelings, could not say any more; "we beg you to accept
-our thanks for the friendship you have deigned to display towards us,
-and to assure you that the remembrance of you will live in the bottom
-of our hearts."
-
-"Farewell, then!" Don Tadeo said, with great emotion. "God grant that
-you may find elsewhere the happiness that awaited you here."
-
-Valentine bowed without replying; his tears choked his utterance.
-
-"Adieu, senorita!" murmured the count, in a tremulous low voice; "may
-you be happy?"
-
-She made no reply: deeply wounded, he turned away quickly, and strode
-towards the door. In spite of all their resolution, when on the point
-of going out, the young men cast one look behind them, to salute for
-the last time persons who were so dear to them, and whom they were
-abandoning for ever. Don Tadeo stood motionless in the same place,
-apparently still as much surprised as hurt. Dona Rosario continued
-playing mechanically with the ears of the dog.
-
-"Caesar!" shouted Valentine.
-
-At the voice of his master, the Newfoundland dog disengaged himself
-quickly from the arms of the young girl, and bounded to his side.
-
-"Caesar!" Rosario murmured faintly.
-
-And then, in spite of the signs and orders of his master, the animal
-laid itself down at her feet.
-
-With a bursting heart, the count made a violent effort, and sprang
-towards the door.
-
-"Louis!" Rosario cried. "Louis, you have sworn never to be separated
-from Caesar."
-
-Louis staggered, as if struck by lightning; a glow of inexpressible joy
-lit up his face; he let the letter fall, and gently thrust forward by
-Valentine, fell at the feet of the lovely and now smiling girl.
-
-"My father!" Rosario implored, throwing her arm round his neck, "I well
-knew that he loved me."
-
-Valentine felt an acute pang mixed with an immense joy at this
-denouement.
-
-"It is I," he said, picking up the letter with a smile, of which none
-but such a man is capable, "who must carry the answer."
-
-"Oh, no!" Dona Rosario said, with a playful pout, "You will not leave
-us, my friend; are you not the dearly beloved brother of my Louis? Oh,
-we will not let you go!"
-
-Valentine kissed the hand extended to him, and secretly wiped away a
-tear, but he made no reply.
-
-The day passed away rapidly and happily for all; when night was come--
-
-"Farewell, brother!" said Valentine, with deep emotion. "Thank Heaven,
-you are henceforth sheltered from all misfortune."
-
-
-The count looked at him anxiously.
-
-"Brother," he said, "are you unhappy?"
-
-"Who, I?" said Valentine, endeavouring to smile, "I never was so happy
-in my life!"
-
-After embracing the count, who gave way to him, though astonished at
-the sudden appearance of grief in such a man, he strode away. Louis
-watched him depart, saying to himself--
-
-"What can be the matter with him? Oh, tomorrow he shall explain
-himself!"
-
-But on the morrow Valentine had disappeared.
-
-He also loved Dona Rosario.
-
-The young people waited for him a long time. At length, three months
-after his departure, when all hopes of his return had completely
-vanished, the Count de Prebois-Crance married Dona Rosario. But
-Valentine was wanting.
-
- * * * * *
-
-Those of our readers who have taken an interest in Valentine, and we
-hope that they are numerous, will find his further adventures recorded
-in the "TIGER-SLAYER."
-
-
-
-
-
-THE END.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-End of Project Gutenberg's The Pearl of the Andes, by Gustave Aimard
-
-*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE PEARL OF THE ANDES ***
-
-***** This file should be named 43838-8.txt or 43838-8.zip *****
-This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
- http://www.gutenberg.org/4/3/8/3/43838/
-
-Produced by Camille Bernard and Marc D'Hooghe at
-http://www.freeliterature.org (Scans generously made
-available by the Hathi Trust)
-
-
-Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
-will be renamed.
-
-Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
-one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
-(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
-permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules,
-set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
-copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
-protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project
-Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
-charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you
-do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
-rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
-such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
-research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
-practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is
-subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
-redistribution.
-
-
-
-*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
-
-THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
-PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
-
-To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
-distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
-(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
-Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
-http://gutenberg.org/license).
-
-
-Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works
-
-1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
-and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
-(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
-the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
-all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
-If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
-terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
-entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
-
-1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
-used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
-agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
-things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
-paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
-and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
-works. See paragraph 1.E below.
-
-1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
-or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the
-collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an
-individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
-located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
-copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
-works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
-are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
-Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
-freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
-this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
-the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
-keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
-Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
-
-1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
-what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in
-a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check
-the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
-before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
-creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
-Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning
-the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
-States.
-
-1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
-
-1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
-access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
-whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
-phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
-copied or distributed:
-
-This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
-almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
-re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
-with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org/license
-
-1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
-from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
-posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
-and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
-or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
-with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
-work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
-through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
-Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
-1.E.9.
-
-1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
-with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
-must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
-terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked
-to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
-permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
-
-1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
-License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
-work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
-
-1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
-electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
-prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
-active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm License.
-
-1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
-compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
-word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or
-distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
-"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
-posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
-you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
-copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
-request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
-form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
-License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
-
-1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
-performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
-unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-
-1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
-access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
-that
-
-- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
- the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
- you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is
- owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
- has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
- Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments
- must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
- prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
- returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
- sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
- address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
- the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
-
-- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
- you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
- does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
- License. You must require such a user to return or
- destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
- and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
- Project Gutenberg-tm works.
-
-- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
- money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
- electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
- of receipt of the work.
-
-- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
- distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
-
-1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
-forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
-both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
-Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the
-Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
-
-1.F.
-
-1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
-effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
-public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
-collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
-works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
-"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
-corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
-property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
-computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
-your equipment.
-
-1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
-of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
-liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
-fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
-LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
-PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
-TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
-LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
-INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
-DAMAGE.
-
-1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
-defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
-receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
-written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
-received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
-your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with
-the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
-refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
-providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
-receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy
-is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
-opportunities to fix the problem.
-
-1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
-in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
-WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
-WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
-
-1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
-warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
-If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
-law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
-interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
-the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
-provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
-
-1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
-trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
-providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
-with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
-promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
-harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
-that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
-or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
-work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
-Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
-
-
-Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
-electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
-including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists
-because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
-people in all walks of life.
-
-Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
-assistance they need, are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
-goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
-remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
-and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
-To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
-and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
-and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org.
-
-
-Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
-Foundation
-
-The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
-501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
-state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
-Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
-number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
-http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
-Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
-permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
-
-The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
-Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
-throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at
-809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
-business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact
-information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
-page at http://pglaf.org
-
-For additional contact information:
- Dr. Gregory B. Newby
- Chief Executive and Director
- gbnewby@pglaf.org
-
-
-Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
-Literary Archive Foundation
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
-spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
-increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
-freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
-array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
-($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
-status with the IRS.
-
-The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
-charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
-States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
-considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
-with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
-where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To
-SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
-particular state visit http://pglaf.org
-
-While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
-have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
-against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
-approach us with offers to donate.
-
-International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
-any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
-outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
-
-Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
-methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
-ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
-To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate
-
-
-Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
-works.
-
-Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
-concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
-with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
-Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
-
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
-editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
-unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily
-keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
-
-
-Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
-
- http://www.gutenberg.org
-
-This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
-including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
-subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.